Quarterlytics / Utilities / Regulated Gas / Genworth MI Canada Inc

Genworth MI Canada Inc

mic · TSX Utilities
Claim this profile
Ticker mic
Exchange TSX
Sector Utilities
Industry Regulated Gas
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Genworth MI Canada Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2011 Annual Report

Enabling Homeownership. 
Creating Value.

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Corporate profile

We are Canada’s leading private mortgage insurer with a history dating back to 1995. our Company, 

Genworth MI Canada Inc., known as Genworth Canada, provides default mortgage insurance to Canadian 

residential mortgage lenders that enables first-time homebuyers to own a home more affordably. 

We are a valued business partner to lenders and have a track record of successful product and service innovations 

that benefit both lenders and borrowers. our customer-focused strategy, active risk management platform and 

financial strength position us well for delivering ongoing profitability. 

As of December 31, 2011, Genworth Canada had $5.4 billion in total assets and $2.7 billion in shareholders’ equity. 

the Company is based in oakville, ontario, and has approximately 260 employees across Canada.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

VALUES

Solid
lender
relationships

Best-in-class
service and
technology

Disciplined
risk
management

Collaborative
culture

Heart

Integrity

Financial strength

Excellence

Contents

  1  Financial and operating highlights
  2  Report to shareholders
  4  Customer focus
  6  Risk management
  8  Financial strength
  10  Management roundtable
  12  Corporate responsibility
  13  Chairman’s Award
  14  Corporate governance
  16  shareholder information

2 

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da  In C .  2011   a nnua L  Re PO RT

Enabling Homeownership. Creating Value.

We believe in responsible homeownership. Our goal is to make homeownership 
more affordable and accessible for Canadians. We do this by promoting prudent 
homebuying practices, contributing to responsible lending practices and actively 
managing risk. Our strength is in our people. We continually strive to add value to 
our lender customers, our shareholders, our communities and our employees.

Financial and Operating Highlights

Net premiums written 

Net operating income 

Combined ratio 

$533 million

$318 million

53 %

Operating 
return on equity

Operating earnings per 
common share (diluted)

Dividends paid per 
common share

13 %

$3.12

$1.57

Book value per share
(diluted)

Operating earnings per share
(diluted)

Operating return on equity
(%)

30

24

18

12

6

0

08

09

10

11

exc. AOCI1

incl. AOCI

5

4

3

2

1

0

08

092

10

11

20

16

12

8

4

0

08

093

10

11

1  Defined as accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).
2 
3 

Including the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve in Q1 2009, operating earnings per share (diluted) would have been $3.23.
Including the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve in Q1 2009, operating return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been 16%.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

1

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Focused on shareholder returns

In 2011, genworth MI Canada reported a solid 4% increase in fully diluted earnings 
per share, paid attractive dividends to shareholders totalling $1.57 per share, and 
increased book value by 10% per share.

Dear Fellow Shareholders:

Our business had another solid year in 2011. We set some 
aggressive goals for numerous facets of the business and 
made good progress on each of those areas. This was 
achieved in a year marked by economic stress in numerous 
parts of the globe. as the economy continues to gain 
strength and stability, our focus will continue to be on risk 
management and portfolio management. 

We have seen a number of positive trends, including good 
volumes in mortgage origination, continuing improvement 
in borrower creditworthiness and stable loss ratios. 

Our strategic focus

Our focus is to remain the leading private mortgage insurer 
in Canada. By promoting responsible lending practices and 
providing innovative solutions, we help Canadians achieve 
the dream of homeownership. That is our top priority.

Solid results 

genworth MI Canada achieved solid results in 2011, 
including $533 million in new premiums written, 
$318 million in net operating income, and a 13% 
operating return on equity. 

We improved our market position with several of Canada’s 
mortgage lenders, continued our contributions within the 
community, and enhanced our employee engagement 
through training and career development opportunities. 

Our business is committed to:

•	 Delivering	outstanding	service
•	 Prudently	and	actively	managing	our	risk
•	 Maintaining	financial	flexibility	
•	 Delivering	solid	and	consistent	returns

By working with lenders, we help them grow their 
mortgage origination businesses through our expertise and 
tailored service strategies. We have earned high customer 
satisfaction ratings and continue to be the private mortgage 
insurer of choice. 

We take an active approach to risk management. We 
continue to improve our collateral property valuation 
process and deepen our analytics at the regional level. 
Our objective remains to insure high-quality prime 
mortgages	that	are	diversified	across	lenders,	geographies	
and loan-to-values.

The business has built a solid balance sheet with strong 
capital ratios and modest leverage that supports our plans 
for	prudent,	profitable	organic	growth.	During	the	year,	we	
increased our ordinary dividend payout to shareholders in 
order to maintain a competitive dividend yield. 

Our investment portfolio, with its short duration and ongoing 
reinvestment potential, continues to be well positioned.

2 

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da  In C .  2011   a nnua L  Re PO RT

Differentiating Genworth through service excellence

Today, our innovation strategy emphasizes competitive 
differentiation through service excellence. We strive to help 
our lending partners achieve their business objectives by 
providing	them	with	high-touch	service,	efficient	processing	
of claims and ongoing training for their new hires. 

This strategy builds on strengths for which genworth 
Canada is well recognized: fast turnaround times; 
dedicated sales, service and underwriting teams; and a 
common-sense and holistic approach to underwriting. Our 
goal is simply stated: to ensure that genworth Canada 
is our lending partners’ mortgage insurer of choice and 
a contributor to their business success. We are well 
positioned to continue to extend our market leadership.

Investing in our people and our future

genworth Canada has invested substantially in technology, 
in our long-tenured employees and in our customer-
focused culture to make our service difference real for 
our lending partners.

To protect and preserve the franchise genworth has built, 
we need to emphasize two core strategies that are already 
at the heart of our Company. First, we need to make sure 
the	Company	continues	to	have	the	financial	strength	to	
meet its obligations towards customers and investors. 

We achieve that by managing our capital base and 
investments prudently, by deepening our understanding 
of market dynamics and by constantly sharpening our risk 
management and underwriting expertise. 

Second, to maintain our position in the Canadian mortgage 
insurance market, we need to continue to invest – in 
technology, in service, in risk management and in our 
people – to reinforce our unwavering focus on being the 
mortgage insurer of choice for our customers, every day.

Mortgage insurance is a capital-intensive business, and 
genworth Canada continues to demonstrate its willingness 
to invest in the business and its people. 

Shareholders	should	have	every	confidence	that	our	senior	
management team will maintain its focus – on smart 
decisions, on customers and on shareholder returns. 

Thank you for your continuing support.

Brian Hurley  
Chairman	and	Chief	Executive	Officer

Our priorities

Top line growth

Risk management

Financial strength

•	 	Continue	market	leadership	in	

•	 	Insure	high-quality,	well-diversified,	

•	 	Maintain	strong	capital	position	with	

customer experience

and high-credit-scoring loans

flexibility

•	 	Drive	deeper	customer	market	
penetration	and	diversification

•	 	Target	average	loss	ratio	between	

35%–40% 

•	 	Balance	yield	versus	quality	in	
managing investment portfolio

•	 	Focus	on	service	innovation

•	 	Continue	to	strengthen	analytical	

•	 	Focus	on	improving	return	on	equity

•	 	Continue	focus	on	competitive	

positioning and government relations 

expertise

•	 	Continue	to	expand	asset	
management strategy

•	 	Target	dividend	payout	ratio	of	

30%–40%

•	 	Maintain	strong	credit	ratings

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

3

 
Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Sales Team
Narrinder Dhanoya-Bhangu 
   British Columbia

Mark Stamm  
   Québec

Ann-Marie Reddy 
   Prairies

[missing: Ruth Roussy,  Atlantic]

Debbie McPherson  
sVP, sales & 
Marketing

Jason Neziol  
   ontario & GtA

Tracie Michaud  
   national

Helping Canadians Buy Homes from  COAST TO COAST

new Insurance Written
2007–2011

4 

genWO RTH MI C anaDa I nC.   201 1  annuaL ReP ORT

Enab ling  Ho meowne rs hi p. Cre a ting Value.
Differentiation drives top line growth

at genworth Canada it’s our people that make all the difference. We work 
collaboratively with our lending partners to establish responsible lending 
practices,	fulfill	homeownership	dreams,	promote	financial	literacy	and	protect	
the soundness and stability of Canada’s housing market. 

Committed to enabling responsible 
homeownership
Whenever Canadians are ready for the responsibility of 
homeownership – no matter where they want to live – we can 
help.	We	work	with	more	than	250	financial	institutions,	and	
since 1995 we’ve made homeownership possible for more 
than 1.2 million families across Canada.

Our regional sales teams are supported by risk managers 
in each province, who have in-depth knowledge of the local 
economy and demographics. Their local expertise ensures that 
we apply the same standards of prudent risk management 
on each application, allowing us to maintain a strong portfolio 
from British Columbia to newfoundland and Labrador and 
everywhere in between.

We are also committed to providing prospective homeowners 
with the tools they need to understand the homebuying 
process and make the right decisions. Through our consumer 
website	–	homeownership.ca	–	they	can	assess	their	financial	
situation, evaluate their mortgage options, and access a range 
of resources that will help them make smart choices.

Bringing value to our customers
We have an experienced team of account managers and 
underwriters working together to give each and every customer 
the highest level of service. account managers spend more 
than 50% of their day, face-to-face, interacting directly with 
our lender customers. The goal of each account manager is to 
understand the clients’ business and true needs, and deliver 
customized solutions that will help grow their business.

Our underwriters are trained to think outside the box and work 
with	our	customers	to	approve	their	files,	while	still	adhering	to	
our disciplined underwriting approach. We maintain very high 
service standards for calls into our customer service centre – 
answering 97% of all calls in less than 20 seconds.

We also enhanced our value proposition for the broker segment 
through a number of new and innovative tools. We now offer a 
full suite of resources including the following:

•		GenworthEdge.ca: a dedicated website for easy access 

to resources

•		My Marketing SourceTM: self-serve branding and 

marketing tools 

•		Mortgage Calculator Apps: innovative mobile 

mortgage calculators

•		Genworth Development Centre: extensive professional 

development training.

Focused on the customer experience
Best-in-class customer service is the cornerstone of our 
business.

In 2011, we received the Best Industry Service award from the 
Canadian Mortgage Professionals association. Our delivery of 
quality customer service, our strong customer-centric vision, 
and our commitment to deliver value-added services to today’s 
mortgage professionals earned us this recognition.

Customer focused. Knowledgeable. Results driven. 
That’s the Genworth Canada Difference.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

5

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

 Risk Team
Standing:
Tim Watson  
 Actuary

Sitting: 
Craig Sweeney  
 operational  Risk

Standing: 
Donna Driver  
 Investigations

Sitting:
Cindy White  
 Loss Mitigation

Standing: 
Rob Kirby  
 Loss Mitigation and 
Investigations

Standing: 
Stuart Levings  
Chief operations 
offi cer

D Y N A M I C   R i s k   M a n a g e m e n t   A p p r o a c h

Geographical dispersion 

Credit score dispersion
(% based on insurance-in-force between 1995–2011)

New Brunswick
1%

Nova Scotia
2%

Quebec
15%

All other
1%

British Columbia
16%

Ontario
46%

Alberta
16%

Saskatchewan
2%

Manitoba
1%

>
– 700
65%

Average 
Credit Score
719

no score
3%

>
– 0 < 600
2%

>
– 600 < 660
11%

>
– 660 <700
19%

Loan-to-value distribution

Loan-to-value 

Effective Loan-to-Value
Effective loan-to-value

%
6
4

%
1
4

%
0
4

%
3
2

%
4
2

%
7
2

%
6
2

%
5
2

%
3
2

%
6

09

%
6

10

%
2
1

11

%
0
9

%
2
9

%
2
7

%
6
7

%
1
9

%
9
7

%
1
9

%
6
8

%
0
9

%
1
9

%
0
9

%
9
8

%
1
6

%
0
4

05 & Prior

06

07

08

09

10

11

<= 80

> 80–85

> 85–90

> 90–95

Original LTV

Effective LTV

   (% based on new insurance written/book year)

6 

50

40

30

20

10

0

genWO RTH MI C anaDa I nC.   201 1  annuaL ReP ORT

Effective LTV

Original LTV

09

10

11

* Total of Insurance in Force at Dec 31, 2011

05 & Prior

06

07

08

09

10

11

Geographical Dispersion*

British Columbia 

Alberta 

Saskatchewan 

Manitoba  

Ontario 

Quebec 

Nova Scotia 

New Brunswick 

All Other   

Total 

16%

16%

2%

1%

46%

15%

2%

1%

1%

100%

> 90–95

100

> 85–90

80

> 80–85

<=80

60

40

20

0

ltv

<=80% 

2009  2010  2011

23%  27%  25%

>80%-85%  6% 

6% 

12%

>85%-90%  24%  26%  23%

>90%-95%  46%  41%  40%

>95% 1% 

0% 

0%

100% 100% 100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enab ling  Ho meowne rs hi p. Cre a ting Value.
High-quality and diversified 
insurance portfolio

Risk management is critical to our business. Our rigorous framework enables 
us to proactively identify emerging risks such as consumer indebtedness and 
affordability, and to mitigate these risks through our concentration limits and 
disciplined underwriting approach. We have over 20 years of data and have built 
a	high-quality,	well-diversified	insurance	portfolio.

Balancing appropriate risk concentrations
High-quality	new	business	means	insuring	well-diversified	
and high-credit-scoring loans. We control the quality of 
new risk insured by setting underwriting guidelines and risk 
concentration	limits	to	ensure	appropriate	diversification.	We	
continuously update our internal proprietary scoring model and 
enhance our fraud detection tools to stay on top of emerging 
loss trends. These risk pillars are supported by a robust quality 
assurance audit program that monitors internal and external 
underwriting compliance. 

High-credit-scoring loans: Our experience shows that 
high credit scores drive better loss performance. Through our 
ongoing focus on loan quality, our average credit score for 
new insurance written in 2011 was 727. The vast majority of 
genworth-insured borrowers have a credit score greater than 
700 and the average credit score on our insurance in-force at 
the end of 2011 was 719.

average credit score* 

2009 

2010 

2011

Insurance-in force  
new insurance written 

718 
726 

719 
727 

719
727

* The credit scores from all insured high-ratio borrowers were used to calculate the average score.

Lower loan-to-values: Our average loan-to-values have declined. 
This is a result of a reduction in the maximum loan-to-value for 
refinance	loans	in	2011,	and	of	the	mitigation	of	housing	market	
risk by larger down payments. This is positive and results in a 
stronger	borrower	profile.

We underwrite every mortgage we insure
The Canadian mortgage insurance industry operates within a 
non-delegated structure where the insurer acts as a second 
set of eyes on each application. Our proprietary underwriting 
system screens for stacked high-risk factors, such as elevated 
servicing	ratios	and	thin	credit	profiles.	By	identifying	these	
factors, we can appropriately underwrite the risks and mitigate 
them, resulting in improved overall loan quality.

Loan aging lowers effective insurance exposure
as principal gets paid down and house prices increase, the 
original loan-to-value decreases to what we call the “effective 
loan-to-value.” The lower the effective loan-to-value the less 
likely a mortgage default will result in a claim. Policies originated 
prior	to	2007	now	have	a	significantly	lower	risk	of	default.	

Our asset management approach lowers claims
Our asset management program enables our loss mitigation 
team to get involved in the default management process 
earlier,	providing	greater	efficiency	and	savings.	By	taking	
control of the real estate sales process and using our own 
network	of	realtors,	we	have	significantly	reduced	the	time	
from vacant possession to the sale of a foreclosed property. 
Shorter timelines result in lower interest and property 
management expenses, and these savings reduce the 

ultimate claim.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

7

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

 Finance Team
Philip Mayers  
  Chief Financial offi cer

Samantha Cheung  
 Investor Relations

Fayeanne Beattie  
 Finance

Rick Barnett  
 Investments  Management

 A   S T R O N G    F i n a n c i a l    F o u n d a t i o n

Net premium written
(in millions)

 Net premiums written
Net premium written
(in millions)
($ in millions)

Net premium written
Net premium earned 
(in millions)
(in millions)

Net premium earned 
(in millions)

 Net premiums earned
Net premium earned 
(in millions)
($ in millions)

Combined ratio 
(%)

Combined ratio 
(%)

Loss ratio
Loss ratio 
Combined ratio 
(%)
(%)
(%)

Loss ratio 
(%)

Loss ratio 
(%)

4
8
9

4
8
9

4
8
9

6
0
7

6
0
7

6
0
7

2
5
5

3
3
5

2
5
5

3
3
5

0
6
3

0
6
3

0
6
3

0
1
6
3
8  
3
1
5
5

4
2
4

2
5
5

4
2
4

1
2
6

2
0
1
1
6
6
8  
1
5

4
2
4

1
2
6

2
0
1
1
6
6
8  
1
5

1
2
6
3
3

6
4

2
1
6

7
5

0
5

6
4

7
5

3
5

0
5

7
5

3
5

3
5

0
5

3
3

3
3

6
4

2
4

2
4

2
4

7
3
3  
3
1
3

7
3
3  
3
1
3

7
3
3  
3

1
3

9
1

9
1

9
1

08

08

10

07
07
08
09
09
07
09
11
11
11
Investment income 
Investment income 
Investment income 
(in millions)
(in millions)
(in millions)
 Net operating income
($ in millions)

08
07
10
10
07
07
091
07
091
091
11
Net operating income
Net operating income
Assets
Net operating income
(in millions)
(in millions)
(in millions)
(in millions)
Investment income
($ in millions)

11

10

11

08

08

10

08

10

091

091

11

07
10
08
Assets
(in millions)

091

11

10
08
07
Assets
(in millions)

4
2
3

0
1
3

7
0
3

0
1
3

3
4
3

4
2
3

8
1
3

7
0
3

0
1
3

3
4
3

4
2
3

8
1
3

7
0
3

0
0
2

8
1
3

3
4
3
8
4
1

9
8
1

3
8
1

0
0
2

9
8
1

9
7
1

0
0
2

9
7
1

9
8
1

3
8
1

3
8
1

1
9
2
,
4

8
4
1

8
4
1

5
1
9
,
4

9
7
1

0
1
2
,
5

1
9
2
,
4

8
9
3
,
5

3
9
3
,
5

0
1
2
,
5

5
1
9
,
4

3
9
3
,
5

5
1
9
,
4

0
1
2
,
5

8
9
3
,
5

1
9
2
,
4

08

10

11

08
11

07
091
07
091
07
10
091
Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ equity
Excluding AOCI1 (in millions)
Excluding AOCI1 (in millions)
Excluding AOCI1 (in millions)
Shareholders’ equity
 Including aOCI   ($ in millions)

11

11

10

08

10

3
9
3
,
5

3
4
6
,
2
9  
8
0
,
2

8
9
3
,
5

6
6
7
,
1

9
8
5
,
2

3
8
6
,
2

3
4
6
,
2
9  
8
0
,
2

3
8
6
,
2

3
4
6
,
2
9  
8
0
,
2

9
8
5
,
2

6
6
7
,
1

6
6
7
,
1

3
8
6
,
2

9
8
5
,
2

07

08

091

07

10

08

11

091

07

10

08

11

091

10
07

11
08

09

07

10

08

11

09

07

10

08

11

09

10
07

11
08

091

07

10

08

11

091

07

10

08

11

091

10
07

11
08

09

07

10

08

11

09

07

10

08

11

09

10

11

      1 Including the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve in Q1 2009, net premiums earned, the loss ratio, and net operating income would have been $710, 36% and $371 million, respectively.

1000

1000

1000

1000

60

60

60

60

60

60

1000

1000

800

600

400

200

0

8 

800

600

400

200

0

40

40

40

40

40

40

genWO RTH MI C anaDa I nC.   201 1  annuaL ReP ORT

20

20

20

20

20

20

0

0

0

0

0

0

800

600

400

200

0

800

600

400

200

0

800

600

400

200

0

800

600

400

200

0

250

200

150

50

0

500

500

500

250

250

6000

6000

6000

3300

3300

3300

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

400

Key Financial Metrics

Key Financial Metrics

Key Financial Metrics

400

400

200

200

December 2011

December 2011

December 2011

300

300

300

(in millions) 

(in millions) 

(in millions) 

2011 

150

150

2010 

2011 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2007

2008 

2009 

2007

2008 

2007

4000

4000

4000

2200

2200

2200

200

Net Premiums Written 

Net Premiums Written 

Net Premiums Written 

 533 

 533 

552  

200

200

100

100

 360  

552  

 533 

100

 706  

 360  

552  

 984  

 706  

 360  

Net Premiums Earned 

Net Premiums Earned 

Net Premiums Earned 

 621  

612 

612 

 610  

 621  

612 

 518  

 610  

 621  

2000

 424  

 518  

 610  

Combined ratio 

Combined ratio 

Combined ratio 

53% 

50% 

53% 

57% 

50% 

53% 

46% 

57% 

50% 

33%

46% 

57% 

 984  

 706  

2000

 424  

 518  

33%

46% 

 984  

2000

 424  

33%

100

100

Loss Ratio 

Loss Ratio 

33% 

Loss Ratio 

33% 

37% 

33% 

33% 

37% 

42% 

33% 

37% 

31% 

42% 

33% 

19%

31% 

42% 

19%

31% 

19%

1100

1100

1100

100

0

50

0

50

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Key Financial Metrics

Key Financial Metrics

Key Financial Metrics

December 2011

December 2011

December 2011

(in millions) 

(in millions) 

(in millions) 

2011 

2010 

2011 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2007

2008 

2009 

2007

2008 

2007

Net Operating Income 

Net Operating Income 

Net Operating Income 

Investment Income  

Investment Income  

Investment Income  

 318 

179 

343  

 318 

 183  

179 

 307  

343  

 318 

 324  

 307  

343  

 310 

 324  

 307  

 189  

 183  

179 

 200  

 189  

 183  

 148  

 200  

 189  

 310 

 324  

 148  

 200  

 310 

 148  

Assets                                                                      

Assets                                                                      

Assets                                                                      

5,393 

5,398 

5,393 

5,210 

5,398 

5,393 

4,915  

5,210 

5,398 

4,291

4,915  

5,210 

4,291

4,915  

4,291

Shareholders' Equity (footnote: Excluding AOCI) 

Shareholders' Equity (footnote: Excluding AOCI) 

Shareholders' Equity (footnote: Excluding AOCI) 

2,464  

 2,468 

 2,468 

 2,546  

2,464  

 2,468 

 2,104  

 2,546  

2,464  

 1,747  

 2,104  

 2,546  

 1,747  

 2,104  

 1,747  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enab ling  Ho meowne rs hi p. Cre a ting Value.
Financial strength

genworth Canada delivered another year of solid performance. Our business 
model – built on effective risk management, outstanding customer service and 
a	strong	balance	sheet	–	provides	the	foundation	for	our	financial	strength	and	
ongoing	profitability.	

Solid financial performance in 2011
We delivered net operating income of $318 million in 2011 
with an operating return on equity of 13%. During the year, 
the government introduced further government guarantee 
product restrictions, which led to a 5% to 10% smaller 
high-ratio residential mortgage insurance market. Despite the 
smaller origination market, the Company improved its market 
penetration through strong sales and service execution, 
resulting in net premiums written of $533 million. 

The number of net new delinquencies declined by 11% as 
delinquencies declined from the 2007 and 2008 books, and 
our loss mitigation programs continued to be successful. 
Overall, losses on claims rose by 9% during the year to 
$225 million, primarily due to reserve strengthening on 
existing delinquencies. 

unearned premiums of $1.8 billion provide visibility into future 
premium revenues. We believe that unearned premiums 
include	embedded	future	profits	that	will	be	earned	over	the	
next	five	years.

Minimum capital 
Minimum capital  
test ratio
test ratio (MCT) (%)
(%)

2
6
1

6
5
1

9
4
1
7  
2
1

5
2
1

07

08

09

10

11

Capital management 
flexibility
We ended 2011 with $2.7 billion in 
shareholders’ equity, a regulatory 
minimum capital test ratio of 
162% and a modest debt-to-total 
capital ratio of 14%. as well, our 
operating insurance company 
ratings	were	confirmed	during	
the year as aa by DBRS and 
aa(low) by S&P. Our strong capital 
position and high credit ratings 
demonstrate	our	financial	strength	
and	financial	flexibility.	

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

Ordinary quarterly dividends on our common shares are 
a priority. We increased our quarterly dividend by 12% to 
$0.29 per common share in the fourth quarter of 2011. We 
will	continue	to	maintain	capital	flexibility	while	continuing	
to optimize our capital structure to enhance our returns to 
shareholders and create shareholder value.

High-quality investment portfolio
Our $5.1 billion investment portfolio generated investment 
income of $179 million, including net investment gains. The 
portfolio is well positioned with a duration of 3.9 years and the 
pre-tax equivalent book yield of 4.3%. We do not expect any 
material change in asset mix and actively manage the portfolio 
to maintain high credit quality and to deliver solid after-tax 
returns while preserving capital and diversifying risk.

Federal fixed 
income 17%

Corporate fixed 
income 46%

Total:
$5.1 billion

Provincial fixed
income 16%

Preferred
shares 1%
Cash and
other 2%
Common
shares 4%

Guarantee
fund 14%

•	4.3%	book	yield1
•	3.9	year	duration
•	96%	of	bonds	‘A’	or	better

1   Pre-tax equivalent book yield after dividend gross-up of general Portfolio (as at December 31, 2011).

Cash and
cash equivalents
8%

Guarantee
fund
13%

Common
shares
2%

Preferred 
shares
1%

9

Federal
government
19%

Provincial

fixed income

12%

Corporate 

fixed income

45%

200

160

120

80

40

0

Portfolio Distribution 

12/31/2010

Corporate Fixed Income 

Federal Government 

Provincial Fixed Income 

Preferred Shares    

Cash and Other 

Common Shares    

Guarantee Fund 

 45%

19%

 12%

1%

8%

2%

13%

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Key Financial Metrics

December 2010

  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Management roundtable Q & A

What challenges do you see for your business in the short term?
For any business leader – no matter what country you operate in – the uncertain global 
environment has to be a key watch item. While we have weathered the storm relatively 
well	here	in	Canada,	consumer	confidence,	sentiment	and	behaviour	can	be	influenced	
by the world around us. For our own market, consumer debt is something we need to 
keep a watchful eye on. and this includes other debt in addition to mortgage debt. For us, 
maintaining our approach to prudent underwriting and risk management will help maintain 
our strong performance.

Brian Hurley
Chairman and  
Chief	Executive	Officer

. . . and how about opportunities?
We are entering 2012 with some solid momentum on numerous fronts. We are making progress on market 
penetration, improving our analytics and doing a good job managing our capital. That’s our opportunity – to 
continue to build on those key aspects of our business. executing well on one of these levers can be impactful 
– but having a focused effort that can drive results simultaneously across various aspects of the business could 
have a positive and powerful net effect on the business overall.

How do you view effective capital management?
Our	mortgage	insurance	business	consistently	generates	profits,	and	as	a	result,	we	are	self-
funding. We spend a lot of time analyzing how our business would perform under different 
economic scenarios and the potential impacts on our capital position. We will continue to 
proactively manage our capital base, fund growth opportunities, and meet our dividend 
commitments, while maintaining our strong credit ratings. Our capital base is strong, and we 
have	capital	flexibility	going	forward	as	a	result	of	our	modest	leverage	and	strong	regulatory	
capital ratios.

 How do you approach your investment portfolio and do you anticipate any changes?
	We	deliberately	maintain	a	high-quality	portfolio	given	our	insurance	risk	profile.	This	
conservative approach to investments delivers a steady income stream, contributing about 
one-third	of	our	net	operating	income.	We	primarily	focus	on	high-quality	fixed	income	
investments with a small allocation to dividend-paying equities. Despite the current low rates, 
we are maintaining the relatively short duration at 3.9 years so that we can take advantage 
of higher rates when the time comes. We are pleased that we were able to generate a 4.3% 
yield on the general investment portfolio. 

 going forward, we expect implementation of the new government guarantee legislation 
sometime in 2012 to be positive for the investment portfolio. at that time, the federal 
government investments held in the segregated guarantee fund will become a part of our 
general portfolio, and we will no longer have to pay certain fees, resulting in increased 
investment income.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da  In C .  2011   a nnua L  Re PO RT

Philip Mayers
Chief	Financial	Officer

`	

10 

 
 
How has the way you do business changed over the last three years?
The ability to adapt to change is one of the most important strengths of any organization. 
And	the	changes	we	have	seen	over	the	past	three	to	five	years	impact	not	only	our	industry	
but the way all companies do business. The rise of social media has forced us to revisit our 
strategy and come up with new ways to differentiate our value proposition. It’s no longer 
about product offerings, but about service innovation. We need to constantly reassess our 
levels of service to make sure we’re doing all we can to increase customer satisfaction and 
loyalty. We have also had to invest in a variety of marketing initiatives to increase brand 
awareness and consumer knowledge.

Debbie McPherson
Senior Vice-President, 
Sales & Marketing

How do you grow market share in a heavily regulated environment?
We continue to do what we do best – and in our case, that’s providing outstanding service, responding to client 
needs, and helping Canadians achieve homeownership responsibly. Our regulatory environment is praised by 
countries	around	the	world	because	of	how	it	has	prevented	the	Canadian	economy	from	the	financial	crisis	seen	
in the united States and europe. So although new rules over the last few years have changed the way we can 
interact	with	our	clients,	they	have	forced	us	to	think	outside	the	box	and	find	other	ways	to	enhance	our	service	
offering. We added securitized structured products expertise to our sales force, increased our market outreach to 
key	influencers,	such	as	brokers,	real	estate	agents	and	builders,	and	restructured	the	way	our	teams	interact	with	
clients to provide a more user-friendly experience at both the account manager level and within underwriting. as a 
result, we saw our market share grow in 2011 and we anticipate further growth throughout 2012. 

Stuart Levings
Chief Operations 
Officer	and	acting	
Chief	Risk	Officer

To what do you attribute the strength of Genworth’s insurance portfolio?
 Our strength lies in our comprehensive approach to risk management, where we focus on 
three key areas: writing high-quality new business; portfolio monitoring and analytics; and 
mitigating losses when they occur. High-quality business means insuring loans that are well 
diversified	across	credit	score,	geography	and	loan-to-value.	We	look	for	strong	credit	profiles	
and avoid excess concentrations of risk in any one area. Secondly, we constantly monitor 
portfolio performance. We look for trends in distribution and performance at a variety of levels 
including	geographic	region,	product,	loan-to-value	and	credit	score.	And	finally,	we	engage	in	
active loss mitigation programs. So whether it’s a workout where we are keeping families in 
their homes, thereby preventing a claim, or an asset management strategy where we control 
the process to reduce costs and overall severity, the end result is improved overall loss 
performance.

What are Genworth’s top priorities from a risk and underwriting perspective?
 Our main priority in risk management is to make sure we balance our underwriting operations 
with	the	appropriate	risk	appetite.	We	want	our	premiums	to	accurately	reflect	the	risk	that	
we take on. Maintaining a high-quality portfolio is critical, and we will not compromise on this. 
Diversity across geographies, credit scores, property types and year of origination is essential 
so that we are not impacted greatly by a single regional economic event. Driving top analytics, 
having a deep knowledge of the factors that drive risk, being smart about loss mitigation, and 
balancing risk with good business are key success factors.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

11

 
 
Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Corporate responsibility

genworth Canada is committed to helping build stronger communities across 
Canada.	We	do	this	by	enabling	responsible	homeownership,	promoting	financial	
literacy, and supporting local and national causes that our people believe in. Our 
values – heart, integrity and excellence – guide our people, in everything they do, 
at work and in their communities. 

Enabling responsible homeownership

In 2011 we helped 82,219 Canadians achieve their dream of homeownership. We work together with lenders, acting as a 
second set of eyes, to make sure that lending decisions are sound and to protect and preserve the stability of our housing 
market.	We	are	also	committed	to	educating	first-time	homebuyers	so	they	can	make	responsible	homeownership	decisions.	
Our consumer website – homeownership.ca – gives homebuyers access to the information and tools they need to make safe 
and informed decisions.

Promoting financial literacy

As	a	leader	in	mortgage	education,	we	are	committed	to	helping	homebuyers	elevate	their	financial	
understanding. Together with the Canadian association of Credit Counselling Services (CaCCS) we 
conducted	a	series	of	seminars	across	Canada	teaching	the	basics	of	financial	fitness	and	how	to	
achieve	financial	goals.	We	also	conducted	our	annual	financial	fitness	survey	with	CACCS	in	order	
to	keep	a	pulse	on	the	financial	fitness	levels	of	Canadians,	their	consumer	confidence	and	their	
views	on	homeownership.	We	continue	to	work	with	CACCS	to	support	financial	literacy	initiatives	
across Canada.

Supporting the communities we serve

Last year marked the second year of our “Path to Home” program 
– a $1 million three-year commitment to provide homebuilding 
grants	to	Habitat	for	Humanity	affiliates	across	Canada.	Many	of	our	
employees sit on Habitat boards and participate in build projects 
throughout	the	country.	It	was	also	the	fifth	anniversary	of	our	
Meaning of Home Contest – a national writing contest for students 
in grades 4, 5 and 6 that has resulted in more than $450,000 
being donated by genworth Canada to more than 30 Habitat for 
Humanity	Canada	affiliates.	

Photo courtesy of The Guardian newspaper of Prince edward Island.

We also support several other national and international causes, and 
once again we achieved a record-breaking united Way campaign, 
raising $100,000 in support of united Way programs across Canada. 

Many of our employees are also active in their communities and 
have contributed their time to various local causes, including: The 
British Columbia Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to animals 
(Vancouver); eden Foodbank (Mississauga); Hope Cottage (Halifax); 
and La Maison Benoît Labre (Montréal).

genworth Canada united Way Campaign Committee, holding 
2011 united Way of Oakville award.

12 

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da  In C .  2011   a nnua L  Re PO RT

Chairman’s Award recipients

Yvonne Burghardt-McEwan

Financial Controller 
6 years of service

Yvonne was the main driver in 
the successful transformation 
of	the	Company’s	financial	
statements to conform 
with IFRS. This project was 
a	significant	undertaking,	
requiring extensive research 
and understanding of 
accounting principles. 
Because of Yvonne’s efforts, 
the Company’s transition to 
IFRS was seamless.

Jay Iyer

Senior Risk analyst  
8 years of service

Jay played an instrumental 
role in several high-priority 
analytical projects. She 
consistently went above 
and beyond to achieve her 
goals. Her portfolio analytical 
work provided management 
with the necessary detail to 
adequately explain results to 
investors and our Board. Jay 
also acted as a coordinator 
for our Habitat for Humanity 
involvement.

The annual Chairman’s award of excellence recognizes genworth Canada employees who 
consistently work within their teams to maximize business performance while focusing on 
the customer and providing innovative solutions. 

Jason Neziol

VP, Regional Sales, Ontario & gTa 
12 years of service

Jason was extremely 
effective in managing the 
Ontario Region during 
2011 and keeping his 
sales team focused on the 
necessary activities to grow 
our business and support 
lenders through servicing, 
training and visibility. He 
has continued to deepen 
relationships with senior-
level customers and is 
responsible for several  
new	high-profile	 
relationships. 

Kimberley Oroszy

Senior	Escalation	Officer	 
12 years of service

Kimberley works closely 
with our sales teams and our 
customers	to	find	solutions	
to challenging mortgage 
applications. She continually 
provides outstanding 
customer service while 
balancing the needs of 
the business. Her efforts 
have made a tremendous 
contribution to our business 
by improving the decision-
making process.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

13

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Good corporate governance

Our Board of Directors has the mandate to supervise the management and affairs 
of genworth MI Canada. The Board, directly and through its committees, provides 
direction to make sure that the best interests of genworth MI Canada and its 
shareholders are maintained. The Board of Directors is committed to maintaining 
best practices in contemporary corporate governance.

In conversation with our Lead Director, Sidney Horn 

What were some of the Board’s key accomplishments in 2011? 
	While	the	financial	service	and	housing	sectors	have	experienced	many	challenges	over	the	
past few years, we have been able to deliver strong sustainable results to our shareholders, 
customers, employees and communities where we do business. 

	You	should	have	confidence	that	your	Board	is	committed	to	maintaining	a	high	standard	
of corporate governance. as part of that commitment, we participate in strategic planning 
sessions with management each year. The Board has devoted considerable time to becoming 
better educated on, and obtaining a better understanding of, the components of the business, 
its performance and its challenges. In particular, the Board has spent time learning about 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), the dynamics of the housing market, 
the current regulatory and competitive environment, business risks, and the use of capital. 
We believe that a thorough knowledge of the business is critical in order for us to be of 
assistance to management in implementing business strategy and achieving goals.

What is the Board’s focus and direction going forward?
 We continue to strengthen our capital and risk management 
oversight, with a focus on internal risk management controls, 
policies and procedures. We also engage directly in discussions 
with regulators and key stakeholders on a range of issues. I believe 
our open and transparent approach serves shareholders well. By 
maintaining a focus on the current environment, this Board can take 
steps to position the Company for the future and be able to respond 
prudently and quickly to challenges and opportunities as they arise. 
This Board is hard-working, thoughtful, and stays well informed.

 The Board fully supports and endorses management’s focused 
strategy. We are committed to working closely with Brian and his 
team to accomplish the objectives at hand. 

sidney Horn  
Lead Director

14 

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da  In C .  2011   a nnua L  Re PO RT

 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board of Directors

Genworth MI Canada Inc. Board Members

(1) audit Committee

(2)  Compensation and 

nominating Committee

(3)  Risk, Capital and 

Investment Committee

(4) Lead Director

(5) Independent

Brian Hurley
Chairman  
Chief	Executive	Officer

Sidney Horn(1)(2)(4)(5)

Robert Brannock

Mr. Hurley is Chairman of the Board and Chief 
Executive	Officer	of	the	Company.	Previously,	
he was President, genworth International, with 
responsibility	for	activities	in	Asia-Pacific,	Canada	
and Latin america. He joined general electric in 
1981 and held various management positions 
including President and CeO of genworth 
Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada 
from 1994 to 1996.

Mr. Horn has been a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada since 1995. 
He is Chair of the Compensation and nominating 
Committee and is the Company’s Lead Director. 
Mr. Horn is a partner at Stikeman elliott LLP and 
specializes in commercial, corporate and securities 
law. He is also a director of astral Media Inc. and the 
Wet Seal Inc.

Mr. Brannock is President and Chief executive 
Officer	of	Genworth	Financial,	Europe.	He	was	
previously a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada from 2007 to 
2008. He joined the genworth companies in 1993 
and has held various senior management positions 
during his tenure. 

Robert Gillespie(1)(2)(5)

Brian Kelly(1)(3)(5)

Samuel Marsico(3)

Mr. gillespie has been a director of genworth 
Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada 
since 1995. after holding numerous management 
positions with general electric Canada Inc., he held 
the	position	of	Chairman	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	
of general electric Canada Inc. from 1992 to 2005. 
In the past, Mr. gillespie was a director of Wescam 
Inc., Spinrite Income Fund and Husky Injection 
Molding Systems Ltd.

Mr. Kelly has been a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada since 2004 
and Chair of its audit Committee since 2005. 
Between 1972 and 1993, Mr. Kelly held various 
financial	management	positions	within	several	
general electric businesses, including Chief Financial 
Officer	of	two	General	Electric	Canada	businesses.

Mr. Marsico is the Senior Vice-President and 
Chief	Risk	Officer	for	Genworth	Financial,	Inc.,	
u.S. Mortgage Insurance and International. He 
joined genworth Financial Inc., Mortgage Insurance, 
in	August	1997	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
has held various senior management positions. 
Mr. Marsico holds a CPa designation. Mr. Marsico 
is Chair of the Risk, Capital and Investment 
Committee.

Leon Roday(2)

Jerome Upton(3)

John Walker(5)

Mr. Roday is the Senior Vice-President, general 
Counsel and Secretary of genworth Financial Inc. 
Prior to joining genworth Financial Inc. in 1996, 
he was a partner at LeBoeuf, Lamb, greene, and 
McRae,	a	U.S.	law	firm,	for	14	years.	Mr.	Roday	
is a member of the new York State and Virginia 
bar associations.

Mr.	Upton	is	the	Chief	Operating	Officer,	
International Mortgage Insurance, for genworth 
Financial Inc. He joined genworth Financial Inc. in 
1998 from KPMg Peat Marwick and has held various 
senior	financial	management	positions,	including	
SVP/Chief	Financial	Officer,	International.

Mr. Walker has been a director of genworth 
Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada 
since 1996. He is a founding partner at Walker 
Sorensen LLP, specializing in advising insurance 
and reinsurance companies. He has served as a 
member of the board of directors of a number of 
financial	institutions,	including	TD	Trust	Company	
and Concordia Life Insurance Company.

Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada Board Members

All of the people listed as being directors of Genworth MI Canada Inc. are also directors of Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada. In addition to such people, the following 
individuals are also directors of Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada:

Heather Nicol

David Gibbins

Ms. nicol joined the Board of genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada in June 2011. She has held several 
senior	financial	management	positions,	including	Chief	Financial	
Officer	for	the	MaRS	Discovery	District	and	Chapters	Online,	
as well as investment banking roles including Vice-President for 
BMO nesbitt Burns (previously Burns Fry Inc.). She was also a 
founding board member of Desjardins Credit union.

Mr. gibbins has been a director of genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada since 2007. He is also a director of 
Certifi	Media	and	Patient	Care	Automated	Services	(P.C.A.S.),	two	
private	corporations.	He	has	held	senior	financial	management	
positions including Managing Director, global Head, RBC Capital 
Markets.

Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada’s Board of Directors has three (3) committees, an Audit Committee, comprised of the same members as the Company’s Audit Committee; 
a Conduct Review Committee, comprised of Brian Kelly, Jerome Upton and John Walker; and a Risk, Capital and Investment Committee, comprised of the same members as the Company’s Risk, 
Capital and Investment Committee.

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

15

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

Shareholder information

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5300
Fax: 905-287-5472
www.genworth.ca

Exchange listing

The Toronto Stock exchange:
Common shares (MIC)

Common shares

as at December 31, 2011, there were 
98,666,796 common shares outstanding.

Independent auditor

KPMg LLP
Bay adelaide Centre 
333 Bay Street, Suite 4600
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2S5

Registrar and transfer agent

Canadian Stock Transfer Company, Inc.
320 Bay Street, P.O. Box 1
Toronto, Ontario M5H 4a6
Tel: 416-643-5000
Fax: 416-643-5570
www.canstockta.com

all inquiries related to address changes, 
elimination of multiple mailings, transfer of 
MIC shares, dividends or other shareholder 
account issues should be forwarded to the 
offices	of	Canadian	Stock	Transfer	Company.

Investor relations

Shareholders, security analysts and 
investment professionals should direct  
inquiries to:

Samantha Cheung 
Vice-President, Investor Relations 
samantha.cheung@genworth.com

Additional	financial	information	has	been	
filed	electronically	with	various	securities	
regulators in Canada through the System 
for electronic Document analysis and 
Retrieval	(SEDAR)	and	with	the	Office	of	
the Superintendent of Financial Institutions 
(OSFI) as the primary regulator for the 
Company’s subsidiary, genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company of Canada. 

The Company holds a conference call 
following the release of its quarterly results. 
These calls are archived in the Investor 
section of the Company’s website.

Annual general meeting of shareholders 

Date: Thursday, June 14, 2012  
Time: 10:30 a.m. (eST) 
Location: Le Meridien King edward Hotel 
The Belgravia Room 
37 King Street east 
Toronto, Ontario M5C 1e9

2011 common share dividend dates

The declaration and payment of dividends 
and the amount thereof are at the discretion 
of the Board, which takes into account 
the	Company’s	financial	results,	capital	
requirements,	available	cash	flow	and	other	
factors the Board considers relevant from 
time to time. 

Eligible dividend designation

For purposes of the dividend tax credit 
rules contained in the Income Tax act 
(Canada) and any corresponding provincial 
or territorial tax legislation, all dividends 
(and deemed dividends) paid by genworth 
MI Canada Inc. to Canadian residents are 
designated as eligible dividends. unless 
stated otherwise, all dividends (and deemed 
dividends) paid by the Company hereafter 
are designated as eligible dividends for the 
purposes of such rules.

Information for shareholders outside 
of Canada

Dividends paid to residents in countries 
with which Canada has bilateral tax treaties 
are generally subject to the 15% Canadian 
non-resident withholding tax. There is no 
Canadian tax on gains from the sale of 
shares (assuming ownership of less than 
25%) or debt instruments of the Company 
owned by non-residents not carrying on 
business in Canada. no government in 
Canada levies estate taxes or succession 
duties.

Board of Directors

Complaints about the Company’s internal 
accounting controls or auditing matters 
or any other concerns may be addressed 
directly to the Board of Directors or the 
audit Committee at:

Board of Directors

genworth MI Canada Inc.
c/o Winsor Macdonell, Secretary
2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5484

Corporate ombudsperson

Concerns related to compliance with 
the law, genworth policies or government 
contracting requirements may be 
directed to:

Genworth ombudsperson

2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5510
Canada-ombudsperson@genworth.com

Disclosure documents

Corporate governance, disclosure and other 
investor information is available online 
from the Investor Relations pages of the 
Company’s website at http://investor.
genworthmicanada.ca.

Cautionary statements

The cautionary statements included in 
the Company’s Management’s Discussion 
and analysis and annual Information Form, 
including the “Special note regarding 
forward-looking statements” and the  
“Non-IFRS	financial	measures,”	also	
apply to this annual Report and all 
information and documents included 
herein. These documents can be found 
at www.sedar.com.

Dividend declaration dates

Declaration date 

Record date 

Date payable 

amount per 
common share

Regular dividend  February 1, 2011 

February 15, 2011  March 1, 2011  

Regular dividend  May 2, 2011 

May 16, 2011 

June 1, 2011  

Regular dividend  July 27, 2011 

august 15, 2011 

September 1, 2011 

Regular dividend  november 3, 2011  november 15, 2011  December 1, 2011 

Special dividend  november 3, 2011  november 15, 2011  December 1, 2011 

$0.26

$0.26

$0.26

$0.29

$0.50

16 

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da  In C .  2011   a nnua L  Re PO RT

m
o
c

.

r

i

m
b
.

w
w
w

o
s

s
e
d
a

r

I

s

l

l

i

M

n
a

y

r

B

r

i

m
b

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.genworth.ca

gen WOR TH  MI C ana Da I n C .   2011    a nnua L Re PORT 

We make 
 homeownership 
 possible. 

17

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5300
Fax: 905-287-5472
www.genworth.ca

FSC logo

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2011 Financial Report

Enabling Homeownership. 
Creating Value.

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

We are Canada’s leading private mortgage insurer with a history dating back to 1995. Known as  Genworth Canada, “The 

Homeownership Company,” we provide default mortgage insurance to Canadian residential mortgage lenders that enables low down 

payment borrowers to own a home more affordably and stay in their homes during difficult financial times.  

We are a valued business partner to lenders and have a track record of successful product and service innovations that benefit both 

lenders and borrowers. Our customer-focused strategy, active risk management platform and financial strength position us well for 

delivering ongoing profitability.  

As of December 31, 2011, Genworth Canada had $5.4 billion in total assets and $2.7 billion in shareholders’ equity. The Company is 

based in Oakville, Ontario, and has approximately 260 employees across Canada.

C O N T E N T S  

1  Management’s discussion and analysis

32  Consolidated financial statements

 33 

 Management statement on responsibility 
for financial reporting

 34 

Independent auditors’ report to the shareholders

 35  Consolidated financial statements and notes  

93  Glossary

95  Five-year financial review

96  2010 and 2011 quarterly information

IBC  Shareholder information

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

February 23, 2012
Genworth MI Canada Inc. (“Genworth Canada” or the “Company”) completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) on July 7, 2009. 

The full three and twelve-month results and prior-period comparative results for the Company reflect the consolidation of the Company 

and its subsidiaries, including Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada (the “Insurance Subsidiary”). The Insurance 

Subsidiary is engaged in mortgage insurance in Canada and is regulated by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions 

(“OSFI”) as well as financial services regulators in each province.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations as approved 

by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) is prepared for the three months and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 

December 31, 2010. 

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”). The audited condensed 

consolidated annual financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with IFRSs. This MD&A should be read in 

conjunction with these financial statements. 

Interpretation
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this MD&A to “Genworth Canada” or the “Company” refer to Genworth MI 

Canada Inc. and its subsidiaries. 

Unless the context otherwise requires, all financial information is presented on an IFRSs basis. 

Forward-looking statements

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve certain risks. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking 

statements. For more information, please read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the end of this document.

Non-IFRSs financial measures

To supplement its financial statements, the Company uses select non-IFRSs financial measures. Non-IFRSs measures used by the Company to analyze 

performance include underwriting ratios such as loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio, as well as other performance measures such as operating income 

and return on operating income. Other non-IFRSs measures include shareholders equity excluding AOCI, insurance in force, new insurance written, MCT ratio, 

delinquency ratio, severity on claims paid, operating earnings per common share (basic and diluted), book value per common share (basic and diluted; including 

and excluding AOCI), dividends paid per common share, and portfolio duration. The Company believes that these non-IFRSs financial measures provide meaningful 

supplemental information regarding its performance and may be useful to investors because they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used 

by management in its financial and operational decision making. Non-IFRSs measures do not have standardized meanings and are unlikely to be comparable to 

any similar measures presented by other companies. See “Non-IFRSs Financial Measures” at the end of this MD&A for a reconciliation of operating income to net 

income, and operating earnings per common share to earnings per common share. These measures are defined in the Company’s glossary, which is posted on the 

Company’s website at http://investor.genworthmicanada.ca and can be accessed by clicking on the “Glossary of Terms” link in the Investor Resources subsection 

on the left navigation bar. 

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

1

 
Management’s discussion and analysis
For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Overall performance

Business background
Genworth Canada is the leading private-sector residential mortgage insurer in Canada and has been providing mortgage insurance in 

Canada since 1995. The Company has built a broad underwriting and distribution platform across the country that provides customer-

focused products and support services to the vast majority of Canada’s residential mortgage lenders and originators. Genworth Canada 

underwrites mortgage insurance for residential properties in all provinces and territories of Canada and has the leading market share 

among private mortgage insurers. The Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (“CMHC”), a crown corporation, is the Company’s 

main competitor.

Seasonality
The mortgage insurance business is seasonal. Premiums written vary each quarter, while net premiums earned, investment income 

and sales, underwriting and administrative expenses are relatively stable from quarter to quarter. The variations in premiums written 

are driven by mortgage origination activity and associated mortgage insurance policies written, which typically peak in the spring 

and summer months. Losses on claims vary from quarter to quarter, primarily as the result of prevailing economic conditions and 

characteristics of the insurance in-force portfolio, such as size, age, seasonality and geographic mix of delinquencies. Typically, losses on 

claims increase during the winter months.

Outlook 
The mortgage insurance business is affected by changes in economic, employment and housing market trends. More specifically, the 

housing market is affected by trends in interest rates, home price changes, mortgage origination volume, mortgage delinquencies and 

changes in the regulatory environment. 

The current forecast of selected economic indicators for 2011 and 2012 is presented in the table below. 

Canadian economic indicators 

National unemployment rate   
5-year Government of Canada bond yield   
Change in national average home price 

2011   2012 forecast

7.5%(1)   

1.28%(2) 

7%(3)   

7.4%(4)
2.10%(5)
0%(6)

Source: 
(1)  Statistics Canada Labour Force Survey – December unemployment rate (January 6, 2012).
(2)  Bloomberg – 5-year Government of Canada bond yield as at December 30, 2011.
(3)  Teranet – National Bank National Composite House Price IndexTM for November 2011 (January 25, 2012).
(4)  Management estimate based on consensus economic forecast of the major bank economists (December 2011).
(5)  RBC Financial Markets Monthly – 5-year Government of Canada bond yield forecasted as at December 31, 2012 (January 12, 2012).
(6)  Management estimate based on Canadian Real Estate Association estimate for 2012 (November 15, 2011).

The Company remains focused on continuing to grow its market share by executing its customer-focused sales and service strategies. 

At the same time, the Company intends to maintain a high-quality insurance portfolio through active risk management. 

While the Company’s earned premiums have benefited from amortization of previous large books of business over the past several 

quarters, that benefit will continue to decrease in the coming quarters as the large 2007 and 2008 books mature past their peak earnings 

period, and the earned premiums from the relatively smaller 2009 and 2010 books are recognized. Unearned premiums were $1.8 billion 

at December 31, 2011.

The Company anticipates that, in the upcoming quarter, losses on claims and the associated loss ratio will be impacted by the typical 

seasonal increases in delinquencies during the winter months. Overall, the Company expects that its loss ratio for 2012 should remain in 

the 35% to 40% range. 

2 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The Company continues to actively manage its approximately $5 billion investment portfolio. This portfolio comprises primarily highly 

rated fixed income securities. The Company’s asset mix includes a small allocation to preferred shares and dividend-paying common 

shares, which currently offer higher pre-tax equivalent yields. The investment portfolio is well positioned, with a relatively short portfolio 

duration of 3.9 years and $437 million of maturities occurring in 2012. 

The Company manages its capital to ensure capital efficiency and flexibility. At the end of the fourth quarter, the Insurance Subsidiary’s 

minimum capital test (“MCT”) was 162%, or 17 points higher than its current internal target of 145%. The Company plans to maintain 

its capital strength and operate above the Insurance Subsidiary’s internal target and intends to maintain a strong capital position to 

provide the flexibility necessary to support its in-force insurance, to fund growth opportunities, to maintain strong credit ratings and to 

optimize returns to shareholders. 

With a strong financial position including $1.8 billion of unearned premiums and $2.7 billion of shareholders’ equity, the Company is 

well positioned as the leading private mortgage insurer through its significant scale, execution of customer-focused sales and service 

strategies, proactive risk management of its insurance portfolio, and prudent investment management. 

Recent developments
On October 4, 2011, OSFI released a final guideline (the “OFSI Guidelines”) reflecting changes to the MCT originally outlined in the 

December 2010 Discussion Paper on OSFI’s Proposed Changes to the Minimum Capital Test. The changes include refining the asset 

risk factors applied to balance sheet assets and adding new capital charges for interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Interest rate 

risk is the risk of economic loss resulting from changes in interest rates related to interest rate–sensitive assets and liabilities. Foreign 

exchange risk is the risk of loss resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The estimated impact of these changes as at 

January 1, 2012 is approximately seven points reduction in the MCT ratio to 155%. The ultimate impact of these changes may increase 

or decrease subject to future regulatory developments. The Company expects that it will continue to exceed its internal MCT ratio target 

of 145% following the changes set out in the OFSI Guideline that took effect on January 1, 2012. 

On June 26, 2011, the Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Insurance Act (“PRMHIA”) was passed by Parliament. The 

stated purposes of the PRMHIA are “(a) to authorize the Minister to provide protection in respect of certain mortgage or hypothecary 

insurance contracts in order to support the efficient functioning of the housing finance market and the stability of the financial system in 

Canada; and (b) to mitigate the risks arising from the provision of that protection.”(1)

While the PRMHIA does not change the level of government guarantee provided on privately insured mortgages, it formalizes in 

legislation the existing mortgage insurance arrangements with private mortgage insurers, including the rules for government-backed 

insured mortgages and the terms for the existing agreement between the Insurance Subsidiary and the Canadian government (the 

“Government Guarantee Agreement”). The Government Guarantee Agreement will terminate when the provisions of PRMHIA come 

into force. The provisions of the PRMHIA come into force when the regulations referenced in the legislation are finalized. 

(1)  Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Insurance Act, S.C. 2011, c.15, s.20.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

3

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

The key provisions of the PRMHIA are as follows:

•	

•	

The	Company	can	only	insure	risk	in	respect	of	eligible	mortgage	loans	and	other	risks	as	permitted	by	regulations.	

The	government	can	establish	by	regulation	various	criteria	for	approved	mortgage	insurers.	This	includes,	but	is	not	limited	to,	the	

fee that the insurer will pay for the guarantee, the reinsurance activities that can be conducted, business activities beyond insuring 

eligible mortgages, and information made available to the public.

•	

The	Company’s	existing	Government	Guarantee	Agreement	will	terminate	when	the	PRMHIA	becomes	effective.	All	risks	covered	

by the Government Guarantee Agreement will continue to be covered under the PRMHIA.

•	 Upon	termination	of	the	Government	Guarantee	Agreement,	the	government	guarantee	fund	will	no	longer	exist.	All	investments	

and money held in the guarantee fund will revert to the Company. It is anticipated that the Company will pay a fee to the 

Government of Canada similar to the risk premium paid under the existing Government Guarantee Agreement. At present, the 

government guarantee fund (net of the related deferred tax impact) is deducted from capital available for MCT purposes. 

•	

The	Minister	of	Finance	may	require	the	Company	to	maintain	capital	above	that	required	to	be	maintained	under	the	Insurance 

Companies Act (the “ICA”).

While the Company does not anticipate any significant changes to its current or future business prospects as a result of the legislative 

change to the Government Guarantee Agreement, a full assessment of the impact on the Company’s business cannot be completed 

until the regulations referenced in the legislation have been finalized.

Results of operations 
This is the fourth quarter that the Company has reported its unaudited financial results in accordance with IFRSs. Certain accounting 

and measurement methods previously applied under Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“Canadian GAAP”) were 

amended to comply with IFRSs. To date, the transition to IFRSs has not increased or decreased the volatility of financial results relative 

to Canadian GAAP. The Company is monitoring developments in standards, notably IFRS 4 – Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”), that may 

introduce volatility to financial results in the future. A detailed discussion of the impact of the transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs 

can be found in the “Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.

4 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

The following table sets forth certain financial information for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Income statement data
Net premiums written 

Net premiums earned 
Losses on claims and expenses: 
  Losses on claims 
  Expenses 

Total losses on claims and expenses 

Net underwriting income 
Net investment income 
Interest expense 

Income before income taxes   

Net income 

Net operating income1 

Selected ratios and other items 
Insurance in force 
New insurance written 
Loss ratio 
Expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
Operating return on equity(1) 
MCT ratio 
Delinquency ratio 
Severity on claims paid 
Earnings per common share (basic) 
Earnings per common share (diluted) 
Operating earnings per common share (basic)1 
Operating earnings per common share (diluted)1 

 For the quarter ended Dec. 31, 

For the twelve months 
ended Dec. 31,

2011 

2010 

2011 

2010

$ 

123 

$ 

134 

$ 

533 

$ 

156 

156 

62 
26 

88 

68 
43 
(6) 

106 

79 

50 
28 

78 

78 
44 
(4) 

118 

85 

612 

225 
101 

326 

287 
179 
(23) 

443 

323 

552

621

206
103

309

312
183
(8)

486

348

$ 

79 

$ 

84 

$ 

318 

$ 

343

$  265,776 
6,224 
39% 
17% 
56% 
13% 
162% 
0.20% 
31% 
0.80 
0.80 
0.80 
0.80 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$  244,725 
6,537 
32% 
18% 
50% 
14% 
156% 
0.26% 
30% 
0.81 
0.80 
0.81 
0.80 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$  265,776 
26,586 
37% 
17% 
53% 
13% 
162% 
0.20% 
32% 
3.18 
3.17 
3.13 
3.12 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$  244,725
27,468
33%
17%
50%
14%
156%
0.26%
27%
3.08
3.05
3.04
3.01

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic 
Diluted  

  98,666,796    104,789,394 
  98,890,074    105,908,690 

 101,686,715 
 102,003,573 

 112,850,311
 113,940,471

Notes: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
(1) 

 This is a financial measure not calculated based on IFRSs. See the “Non-IFRSs Financial Measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

The following tables set forth the impact of transition to IFRSs on net income and net operating income for the three and twelve months 

ended December 31, 2010. A detailed discussion of the impact of the transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs can be found in the 

“Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.

(in thousands) 

Canadian GAAP net income  
Employee future benefits – prior service costs  
Employee future benefits – net actuarial gains or losses 
Share-based compensation 
Tax impact of above changes   
Tax adjustment – treatment of IPO expenses   

Total impact of transition to IFRSs 

IFRSs net income 

(in thousands) 

Net operating income reported under Canadian GAAP  
Total impact of transition to IFRSs 

Net operating income reported under IFRSs 

Fourth quarter highlights
Compared to the fourth quarter of 2010:

For the quarter 
  ended Dec. 31, 2010 

 For the twelve months 
  ended Dec. 31, 2010

$  84,328 
62 
3 
638 
(207) 
— 

496 

$  84,824 

$  348,726
245
15
698
(282)
(1,420)

(744)

$  347,982

For the quarter 
  ended Dec. 31, 2010 

 For the twelve months 
  ended Dec. 31, 2010

$  83,951 
496 

$  84,447 

$  343,448
(744)

$  342,704

•	 Net	income	decreased	by	$6	million,	or	7%,	and	net	operating	income	decreased	by	$5	million,	or	6%,	to	$79	million.	These	

decreases were attributable primarily to an increase in losses on claims.

•	 Net	premiums	written	decreased	by	$11	million,	or	8%,	to	$123	million,	which	the	Company	believes	was	due	to	a	smaller	

•	

•	

residential housing market.

Premiums	earned	were	flat	at	$156	million.

Losses	on	claims	increased	by	$11	million,	or	22%,	to	$62	million,	primarily	as	the	result	of	reserve	strengthening	on	the	existing	

delinquencies from the 2007 and 2008 books, particularly in Alberta, which was partially offset by an accrual for expected recoveries. 

•	

The	MCT	ratio	was	162%,	an	increase	of	six	points,	primarily	due	to	the	increase	in	retained	earnings	from	the	Company’s	

continued profitability and the net increase in unrealized gains of the investment portfolio. 

•	

The	transition	to	IFRSs	did	not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	Company’s	financial	results	or	key	ratios.	

6 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the quarterly results of operations for the Company’s business:

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Net premiums written 

Net premiums earned 
Losses on claims and expenses:
  Losses on claims 
  Expenses 

Total losses on claims and expenses 

Net underwriting income 
Investment income:

Interest and dividend income, net of investment expenses   

  Net gains on investments(1)  
  Guarantee fund earnings 

Total investment income 
Interest expense 

Income before income taxes   
Provision for income taxes 

Net income 
Adjustment to net income: 
  Net gains on investments, net of taxes   

Net operating income 

Effective tax rate 
Operating return on equity 

For the quarter ended 
December 31, 

Increase (decrease) and 
percentage change

2011  

2010(2) 

 Q4’11 vs. Q4’10

$ 

$ 

123 

156 

$ 

$ 

134 

156 

$ 

$ 

62 
26 

88 

68 

42 
1 
— 

43 
(6) 

106 
26 

79 

— 

50 
28 

78 

78 

43 
1 
1 

44 
(4) 

118 
33 

85 

(1) 

$ 

79 

$ 

84 

$ 

25% 
13% 

28% 
14% 

(11) 

— 

11 
(2) 

10 

(8)%

0%

22%
(7)%

13%

(10) 

(13)%

(1) 
— 
(1) 

(1) 
2 

(12) 
(7) 

(6) 

(1) 

(5) 

— 
— 

(2)%
0%
NM

(2)%
50%

(10)%
(21)%

(7)%

NM

(6)%

(3) pts
(1) pts

Notes: Amounts may not total due to rounding. The Company defines NM as “not meaningful” for increases or decreases greater than 100%.
(1) 
(2)  Detailed discussion of the impact of transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs can be found in the “Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.

 Includes net realized gains (losses) on sale of available-for-sale investments and change in unrealized gains (losses) on fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) investments. 

Fourth quarter 2011 compared to fourth quarter 2010 
New insurance written on high loan-to-value mortgages decreased by $0.5 billion, or 9%, to $5.2 billion in the fourth quarter of 2011 

as compared to the prior year’s period, primarily due to a $0.8 billion decrease in new insurance written on refinance transactions. 

New insurance written on purchase transactions of high loan-to-value mortgages increased by $0.3 billion, or 6%, to $4.2 billion. As 

compared to the prior year’s period, the Company believes new insurance written was impacted by a smaller residential housing 

market, particularly for high loan-to-value refinance transactions, which the Company believes was related to the government guarantee 

product changes that reduced the maximum amortization from 35 to 30 years and reduced the maximum loan-to-value ratio on refinance 

transactions from 90% to 85%.

Net premiums written decreased by $11 million, or 8%, to $123 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the prior year’s 

period. Improved market penetration was offset by lower new insurance written for high loan-to-value mortgages, resulting from a 

smaller residential housing market this quarter as compared to the prior year’s period. Premiums from low loan-to-value mortgages of 

$5 million were comparable to those of the prior year’s period. 

Net premiums earned were flat at $156 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period as declining earnings 

from the large 2007 and 2008 books were offset by the increasing earnings from the smaller 2010 and 2011 books. Net premiums 

earned included $13 million of additional premiums earned, resulting from the quarterly update to the premium recognition curve, 

consistent with the prior year’s period.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Losses on claims increased by $11 million, or 22%, to $62 million, as compared to the prior year’s period. The Company continues to 

realize savings from its loss mitigation programs, including workout and asset management initiatives. During the three months ended 

December 31, 2011, loss reserves were strengthened to reflect continued pressure and the resulting increase in severity, primarily from 

the 2007 and 2008 books, particularly in Alberta. 

The reserve strengthening was partially offset by a $21 million accrual for expected recoveries related to paid claims and loss reserves 

that decreased losses on claims and increased salvage and subrogation recoverable. When claims are paid, the Company typically 

obtains a legally enforceable judgment against the borrowers for the amount of the loss incurred. The Company actively engages in 

collection activities to recover monies from borrowers under these judgments and has built a history of successful collection activities 

over the past three years. As a result, the Company can now reliably estimate the expected recovery rate and recorded a $21 million 

accrual for recoveries.

Expenses decreased by $2 million, or 7%, to $26 million, as compared to the prior year’s period, primarily as a result of lower stock-

based compensation expense and lower professional fees. 

Total investment income, including guarantee fund earnings and net investment gains, decreased by $1 million, or 2%, to $43 million 

in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period. Interest and dividend income from the general investment 

portfolio decreased by $1 million, or 2%, to $42 million as a $1 million increase in dividend income in the current quarter was offset 

by a $2 million decrease in interest income, partially the result of additional income from a bond call in the comparative period. While 

investment income declined, as compared to the prior year’s period, the pre-tax equivalent book yield increased to 4.3%, as compared 

to 4.2% in the prior year’s period, primarily due to the favourable impact of the increase in non-taxable dividend income in the fourth 

quarter of 2011. Net investments gains were $1 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, due to modest equity portfolio repositioning, as 

compared to net investment gains of $1 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, arising primarily from the recovery in market value of 

FVTPL investments in 2010. 

Interest expense increased by $2 million, or 50%, to $6 million in the three months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior 

year’s period, as a result of a $150 million increase in debt outstanding on December 16, 2010. The $150 million debt was outstanding 

during the full period in the three months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to only 15 days in the prior year’s period.

The effective tax rate decreased by three points to 25% in the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s 

period. This decrease is primarily the result of lower substantively enacted income tax rates in 2011 compared to 2010 and an increase 

in non-taxable dividend income. 

2011 highlights
Compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2010:

•	 Net	income	and	net	operating	income	decreased	by	7%	to	$323	million	and	$318	million,	respectively,	attributable	primarily	to	

higher losses on claims, lower earned premium and a full year of interest expense related to the debentures issued in the second 

and fourth quarters of 2010.

•	 Net	premiums	written	decreased	by	3%	to	$533	million,	which	the	Company	believes	was	the	result	of	improved	market	

penetration offset by a smaller residential housing market.

•	

Premiums	earned	decreased	by	1%	to	$612	million	as	the	contribution	to	earned	premium	from	the	large	2007	and	2008	books	

decreased, partially offset by an increased contribution to earned premium from the smaller 2010 and 2011 books.

•	

Losses	on	claims	increased	by	9%	to	$225	million,	due	primarily	to	a	higher	average	claim	size	for	Alberta	delinquencies	from	the	

2007 and 2008 books and reserve strengthening in the fourth quarter of 2011, which was partially offset by an accrual for expected 

recoveries. 

•	

The	MCT	ratio	was	162%,	an	increase	of	six	points,	primarily	due	to	the	increase	in	retained	earnings	from	the	Company’s	

continued profitability and an increase in net unrealized gains on the investment portfolio. 

•	

The	transition	to	IFRSs	did	not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	Company’s	financial	results	or	key	ratios.	

8 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

The following table sets forth the results of operations for the Company’s business:

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Net premiums written 

Net premiums earned 
Losses on claims and expenses:
  Losses on claims 
  Expenses 

Total losses on claims and expenses 

Net underwriting income 
Investment income:

Interest and dividend income, net of investment expenses   

  Net gains on investments(1)  
  Guarantee fund earnings 

Total investment income 
Interest expense 

Income before income taxes   
Provision for income taxes 

Net income 
Adjustment to net income: 
  Net gains on investments, net of taxes   

Net operating income 

Effective tax rate 
Operating return on equity 

 For the twelve months ended 
December 31 

Increase (decrease) and 
percentage change

2011  

2010(2) 

2011 vs. 2010

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

533 

612 

225 
101 

326 

287 

169 
7 
3 

179 
(23) 

443 
120 

323 

(5) 

$ 

$ 

552 

621 

206 
103 

309 

312 

172 
8 
4 

183 
(8) 

486 
138 

348 

(5) 

$ 

318 

$ 

343 

$ 

27% 
13% 

28% 
14% 

(19) 

(9)  

19 
(2) 

17 

(25) 

(3) 
(1) 
(1)  

(4) 
15 

(43) 
(18) 

(25) 

— 

(25) 

— 
— 

(3)%

(1)%

9%
(2)%

6%

(8)%

(2)%
(13)%
(25)%

(2)%
NM

(9)%
(13)%

(7)%

0%

(7)%

(1) pts
(1) pts

Notes: Amounts may not total due to rounding. The Company defines NM as “not meaningful” for increases or decreases greater than 100%.
(1) 
(2)  Detailed discussion of the impact of transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs can be found in the “Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.

Includes net realized gains (losses) on sale of available-for-sale investments and change in unrealized losses on fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) investments. 

Full year 2011 compared to full year 2010
New insurance written on high loan-to-value mortgages decreased by $1.3 billion, or 6%, to $22 billion in the twelve months ended 

December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period, primarily due to a $1.8 billion decrease in new insurance written on refinance 

transactions. New insurance written on purchase transactions of high loan-to-value mortgages marginally increased by $0.5 billion, or 

3%, to $17 billion, as compared to the prior year’s period. The Company believes that improved market penetration was offset by a 

smaller residential housing market, particularly for high loan-to-value refinance transactions, which the Company believes was related 

to the government guarantee product changes, in March and April 2011, which reduced the maximum amortization from 35 to 30 years 

and reduced the maximum loan-to-value ratio on refinance transactions from 90% to 85%.

Net premiums written decreased by $19 million, or 3%, to $533 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 

the prior year’s period. Improved market penetration, as estimated by the Company, was offset by a smaller residential housing market 

for high loan-to-value transactions, primarily fewer refinance transactions, for a net decrease of $23 million on the Company’s high loan-

to-value business as compared to the prior year’s period. Offsetting this decrease, the Company’s low loan-to-value business increased 

by $4 million as compared to the prior year’s period. 

Net premiums earned decreased by $9 million, or 1%, to $612 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared 

to the prior year’s period, as the large 2007 and 2008 books contributed less to premiums earned, partially offset by an increased 

contribution from the smaller 2010 and 2011 books. Net premiums earned included $39 million of additional premiums earned, resulting 

from quarterly updates to the premium recognition curve, as compared to $48 million in the prior year’s period.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Losses on claims increased by $19 million, or 9%, to $225 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared 

to the prior year’s period. The Company continues to realize savings from its loss mitigation programs, including workout and asset 

management initiatives. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, loss reserves were strengthened to reflect increased 

severity primarily from the 2007 and 2008 books, particularly in Alberta, which offset the benefits from improved housing and job 

markets in the rest of Canada. The Company believes that the Alberta housing market has improved over the last twelve months but 

remains a buyer’s market. As a result, the average paid claim severity in Alberta remains elevated at $103,000, and the average paid 

claim severity on a national basis increased by five points to 32%. The reserve strengthening on existing delinquencies was offset by an 

11% decline in the number of net new delinquencies in 2011, as compared to the prior year’s period, and an adjustment for expected 

recoveries, which resulted in a $21 million decrease to losses on claims and a corresponding increase to subrogation recoverable.

Expenses decreased by $2 million, or 2%, to $101 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior 

year’s period, as lower stock-based compensation expense offset higher expenses from lower net deferred policy acquisition costs.

Total investment income, including government guarantee fund earnings and net investment gains, decreased by $4 million, or 2%, to 

$179 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period. Interest and dividend income from 

the general portfolio decreased by $3 million, or 2%, to $169 million as compared to the prior year’s period. An increase of $6 million 

in dividend income in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was offset by a decrease of approximately $9 million in interest 

income driven by reinvestment rate pressures. While investment income declined as compared to the prior year’s period, the pre-tax 

equivalent book yield increased to 4.3%, as compared to 4.1% in the prior year’s period, due primarily to the favourable impact of the 

increase in non-taxable dividend income. Government guarantee fund earnings decreased by $1 million as compared to the prior year’s 

period, primarily due to the increase in exit fees as compared to the prior year’s period. Net investments gains were $7 million for the 

twelve months ended December 31, 2011, due to modest equity portfolio repositioning and the recovery of the FVTPL investments that 

were sold in the second quarter of 2011, as compared to net investment gains of $8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 

2010, due to modest realized gains and the recovery of FVTPL investments in 2010. 

Interest expense increased by $15 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, to $23 million as a result of the issuance of 

$275 million in debt on June 29, 2010 and $150 million in debt on December 16, 2010. During 2011, the debt was outstanding during 

the full annual period. 

The effective tax rate decreased by one point to 27% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s 

period. This decrease is primarily the result of lower substantively enacted income tax rates in 2011 and an increase in non-taxable 

dividend income in 2011, partially offset by a favourable $5 million adjustment in 2010 realized upon filing of the 2009 year-end tax return 

and a further favourable adjustment of $4 million in 2010 resulting from a decrease in substantively enacted income tax rates applicable 

to the Company’s deferred taxes. Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 include $2 million of additional tax 

expense related to an adjustment in the tax rate used to calculate deferred taxes related to the government guarantee fund. 

Loss and expense ratios
The following table sets forth selected ratios for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

  For the quarter ended 
December 31 

Increase/ 
 (decrease) 

 For the twelve months ended 
December 31 

Increase/ 
 (decrease)

2011 

39% 
17% 

56% 

2010  Q4’11 vs. Q4’10 

32% 
18% 

50% 

7 pts 
(1) pt 

6 pts 

2011 

37% 
17% 

53% 

2010 

2011 vs. 2010

33% 
17% 

50% 

4 pts
—

3 pts

Loss ratio 
Expense ratio 

Combined ratio 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 

10 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended December 31, 2011 compared to three months ended December 31, 2010 
The loss ratio increased by seven points to 39% for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period, 

primarily as a result of reserve strengthening partially offset by an accrual for expected recoveries.

The expense ratio decreased by one point to 17% for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period. The 

decrease was primarily the result of lower stock-based compensation expense and professional fees. 

Full year ended December 31, 2011 compared to full year ended December 31, 2010 
The loss ratio increased by four points for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period, primarily 

due to reserve strengthening and Alberta loss pressure partially offset by an accrual for expected recoveries. 

The expense ratio remained flat at 17% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year’s period. A 

decrease in stock-based compensation expense was offset by higher expenses from lower net deferred policy acquisition costs. 

Statement of financial position highlights and selected financial data 

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Investments:
  General portfolio 
  Government guarantee fund 
  Other assets 
Total assets 

Unearned premium reserves   
Loss reserves 
Long-term debt 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity excluding AOCI 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) 

Shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

Selected ratios
MCT ratio 

Book value per common share
Book value per common share including AOCI (basic) 
Book value per common share excluding AOCI (basic) 
Number of common shares outstanding (basic)(1) 
Book value per common share including AOCI (diluted) 
Book value per common share excluding AOCI (diluted) 
Number of common shares outstanding (diluted)(1) 
Dividends paid per common share during the year(2) 

As at 
December 31, 

 As at 
 December 31, 

Increase (decrease) and 
percentage change

2011  

 2010(3) 

  2011 vs. 2010

$ 

$ 

4,332 
731 
330 
5,393 

1,824 
169 
422 
295 

2,710 

2,468 
215 

2,683 
5,393 

$ 

$ 

4,490 
646 
262 
5,398 

1,902 
207 
422 
279 

2,810 

2,464  
124 

2,589 
5,398 

$ 

$ 

(157) 
85 
68 
(5) 

(78) 
(38) 
— 
16 

(100) 

4 
91 

94 
(5) 

(3)%
13%
26%
0%

(4)%
(18)%
—
6%

(4)%

0%
73%

4%
0%

162% 

156% 

— 

6 pts

$ 
$ 

27.19 
25.02 

24.70 
$ 
23.52 
$ 
 98,666,796    104,789,394 
24.44 
$ 
23.27 
$ 
 99,584,424   105,907,205 
0.92 
$ 

26.94 
24.78 

1.57 

$ 
$ 

$ 

2.49 
$ 
$ 
1.50 
  (6,122,598) 
2.50 
$ 
1.51 
$ 
  (6,322,781) 
0.65 
$ 

10%
6%
(6)%
10%
6%
(6)%
71%

Notes: Amounts may not total due to rounding. The Company defines NM as “not meaningful” for increases or decreases greater than 100%.
(1)  The difference between basic and diluted number of common shares outstanding is caused by the potentially dilutive impact of the grant of share-based compensation units.
(2)  Dividends paid per common share reflect payment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The fourth quarter 2011 included a special dividend of $0.50.
(3) 

 Certain accounting and measurement methods previously applied under Canadian GAAP were amended to comply with IFRSs. The comparative figures for 2010 have been restated to 
reflect these adjustments. A detailed discussion of the impact of transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs can be found in the “Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

The table below shows the one-year development of the Company’s loss reserves for the five most recent completed years.

Reserve Development Analysis

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Total loss reserves, at the beginning of the year 
Paid claims for prior years’ delinquent loans 
Loss reserves for prior years’ delinquent loans,  
  at the end of the year (A) 
Favourable (unfavourable) development 
As a percentage of beginning loss reserves 
Loss reserves for current year’s delinquent loans,  
  at the end of the year (B) 

Total loss reserves at the end of the year (–A+B) 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 

As at 
Dec. 31, 

As at 
Dec. 31, 

As at 
Dec. 31, 

$ 

$ 

2010 

236 
(200) 

(67) 
(31) 
(13)% 

$ 

$ 

2009 

172 
(160) 

(71) 
(59) 
(34)% 

$ 

$ 

2011 

207 
(214) 

(45) 
(52) 
(25)% 

124 

169 

$ 

$ 

$ 

As at 
Dec. 31, 

2008 

89 
(67) 

(33) 
(11) 
(13)% 

$ 

$ 

As at 
Dec. 31,

2007

66
(36)

(7)
23
35%

82

89

140 

166 

139 

$ 

207 

$ 

236 

$ 

172 

$ 

The Company experienced adverse reserve development in 2011 of $52 million, or 25% of the opening unpaid claims balance, due 

primarily to higher claims severity, particularly in Alberta, and a higher number of incurred but not reported claims. The Company’s loss-

reserving methodology is reviewed on a quarterly basis and incorporates the most currently available information.

Financial instruments and other instruments  

Portfolio of invested assets

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had total cash, cash equivalents and invested assets of $4.3 billion in the general portfolio and 

$731 million in the government guarantee fund established under the Government Guarantee Agreement. Unrealized gains on available-

for-sale (“AFS”) securities were $250 million in the general portfolio and $67 million in the government guarantee fund.

12 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables provide the diversification of assets by asset class and credit rating in each of the two portfolios.

Asset Class

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Fair value 

% 

Unrealized 
gains  

Fair value 

%

As at December 31, 2011 

As at December 31, 2010

General portfolio
AFS 

Asset-backed securities 

Corporate fixed income
  Financials 
  Energy 

Infrastructure 
  All other sectors 

Total corporate fixed income   

Short-term federal T-bills 

Federal fixed income 
Provincial fixed income 

Total government fixed income 

Preferred shares 
  Financials 
Industrial 

  Energy 

Total preferred shares 

Common shares 
  Energy  
  Financials 
  Communication 
  All other sectors 

Total common shares 

Fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”)
  Other invested assets  

Total invested assets 
Cash and cash equivalents  

$ 

168 

4% 

$ 

9 

$ 

252 

1,253 
308 
258 
384 

2,203 

46 

808 
810 

1,618 

12 
1 
10 

23 

65 
26 
40 
70 

202 

— 

4,260 
72 

29% 
7% 
6% 
9% 

51% 

1% 

18% 
19% 

37% 

1% 
0% 
0% 

1% 

1% 
1% 
1% 
1% 

5% 

0% 

98% 
2% 

72 
22 
21 
24 

139 

— 

37 
65 

102 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
(1) 
— 
2 

1 

— 

250 
— 

1,231 
302 
252 
309 

2,095 

7 

944 
607 

1,551 

67 
1 
9 

77 

45 
19 
22 
32 

118 

38 

4,138 
351 

6%

27%
7%
6%
7%

47%

0%

21%
13%

34%

1%
0%
0%

2%

1%
0%
0%
1%

3%

1%

92%
8%

Total invested assets and cash – general portfolio 

$ 

4,332 

100% 

$ 

250 

$ 

4,490 

100%

Government guarantee fund 
Federal fixed income – AFS 
Cash and cash equivalents  

Total invested assets and cash – guarantee fund 
Accrued income and contributions 
Accrued exit fees and due to others 

Net guarantee fund assets 

Total invested assets and cash 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

908 
1 

909 
16 
(194) 

731 

5,063 

100% 
0% 

$ 

100% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

67(1)  $ 
— 

67 
— 

67 

317 

$ 

$ 

$ 

779 
11 

790 
18 
(162) 

646 

5,135 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
(1)  The $67 million unrealized gain is gross of the $14 million of market value related primarily to exit fees.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

99%
1%

100%

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Credit Rating – General Portfolio (Excluding Common Shares)

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Cash and cash equivalents 
AAA  
AA   
A   
BBB   
Below BBB 

$ 

Fair value 

72 
1,254 
1,509 
1,140 
 155 
— 

As at December 31, 2011 

As at December 31, 2010

% 

2% 
30% 
37% 
28% 
4% 
— 

Unrealized 
gains  

Fair value 

$ 

$ 

— 
60 
113 
69 
7 
— 

351 
1,337 
1,427 
1,134 
122 
— 

%

8%
30%
33%
26%
3%
—

Total invested assets and cash (excluding common shares)   $ 

4,130 

100% 

$ 

249 

$ 

4,371 

100%

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 

General portfolio 

The Company manages its general portfolio assets to meet liquidity, credit quality, diversification and yield objectives by investing 

primarily in fixed income securities, including federal and provincial government bonds and corporate bonds, which include asset-backed 

securities and mortgage loans on commercial real estate. The Company also holds other invested assets, which include short-term 

investments, preferred shares and common shares. In all cases, investments are required to comply with restrictions imposed by laws 

and insurance regulatory authorities as well as the Company’s investment policy, which has been approved by the Board. 

To diversify management styles and to broaden credit resources, the Company has split these assets between two external Canadian 

investment managers. The Company works with these managers to optimize the performance of the portfolios within the stated 

investment objectives outlined in its investment policy. The policy takes into account the current and expected condition of capital 

markets, the historical return profiles of various asset classes and the variability of those returns over time, the availability of assets, 

diversification needs and benefits, regulatory capital required to support the various asset types, security ratings and other material 

variables likely to affect the overall performance of the Company’s investment portfolio. Compliance with the investment policy is 

monitored by the Company and reviewed at least quarterly with the Company’s management-level investment committee and the Risk, 

Capital and Investment Committee of the Board.

As at the end of the fourth quarter 2011, the investment portfolio had duration of 3.9 years.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash in bank accounts and government treasury bills with original maturities of 90 days or 

less. The Company determines its target cash holdings based on near-term liquidity needs, market conditions and perceived favourable 

future investment opportunities. The Company’s cash holdings decreased from $351 million as of December 31, 2010 to $72 million 

as of December 31, 2011, or 79%. The decrease is attributed mainly to the $160 million substantial issuer bid that was completed on 

June 30, 2011 and to dividend payments made during the year.

Federal and provincial government fixed income securities

The Company’s investment policy requires that a minimum of 30% of the investment portfolio be invested in sovereign fixed income 

securities. As of December 31, 2011, 18% of the portfolio was invested in federal securities, down from 21% at the end of 2010. 

Provincial holdings were 19% of the portfolio, up from 13% at the end of 2010. 

14 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate fixed income securities

Allocations to corporate fixed income securities are determined based on their relative value to federal government fixed income 

securities and adjusted for the carrying charge for the increased capital holdings required under regulations set by OSFI. As of 

December 31, 2011, approximately 51% of the investment portfolio was held in corporate fixed income securities, up by 4% from 47% 

as at the end of 2010. Securities rated below A were $155 million, or 4% of invested assets, as of December 31, 2011. The investment 

policy limits the percentage of the portfolio that can be invested in any single issuer or group of related issuers.

Financial sector exposure represents 29% of the general portfolio, or approximately 57% of the corporate fixed income securities, as 

financial institutions represent greater than 50% of the corporate issuances of fixed income securities in the Canadian marketplace. The 

Company continuously monitors and repositions its exposure to the financial services sector. 

Asset-backed securities

The Company has invested approximately 4% of the general portfolio in a combination of consumer finance securitizations and 

commercial mortgage-backed securities to provide yield enhancement. As of December 31, 2011, all of these securities were rated AAA. 

Common shares

The Company has $202 million invested in high dividend-yield common shares as of December 31, 2011, representing 5% of the 

general portfolio. Approximately one-third of the common shares purchased were issued by the Canadian energy sector. The remaining 

balance was issued primarily by the financial and communications sectors. 

Preferred shares

The Company has $23 million invested in preferred shares as of December 31, 2011, representing 1% of the general portfolio. 

Approximately 52% of the preferred shares were issued by Canadian financial institutions. The Company’s investment guidelines require 

that preferred shares be rated P-1 or P-2 at the time of purchase. 

Government guarantee fund assets

In accordance with the terms of the Government Guarantee Agreement, all funds deposited into the government guarantee fund are 

held in a revenue trust account separate from all other assets of the Company. On the Company’s financial statements, government 

guarantee fund assets reflect the Company’s interest in the assets held in the government guarantee fund, including accrued income 

and net of exit fees. The assets of the government guarantee fund are permitted to be invested in cash and securities issued by the 

Government of Canada or agencies unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada. The government guarantee fund will be 

eliminated when the PRMHIA comes into force.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

15

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Summary of quarterly results
The table shown below presents select income statement line items and certain key performance indicators for the last eight quarters.

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Q4’11 

Q3’11 

Q2’11 

IFRSs(1)

Q1’11 

Q4’10 

Q3’10 

Q2’10 

Q1’10

Net premiums written 

$  123 

$ 

160 

$ 

149 

$ 

101 

$ 

134 

$ 

166 

$ 

157 

$ 

94

Net premiums earned 
Losses on claims 
Net underwriting income  
Investment income,  

including net gains(2) 

Net income 
Adjustment to net income: 
  Losses (gains) on investments,  

  net of taxes 

Net operating income 

$ 

Selected ratios:
Loss ratio 
Expense ratio 
Combined ratio 

Earnings per common  
  share (basic) 
Earnings per common  
  share (diluted) 
Operating earnings per  
  common share (basic) 
Operating earnings per  
  common share (diluted) 
Operating return on equity 

156 
62 
68 

43 
79 

— 

79 

39% 
17% 
56% 

149 
54 
71 

45 
81 

151 
50 
77 

45 
83 

155 
59 
71 

46 
80 

156 
50 
78 

44 
85 

155 
47 
83 

49 
94 

(1) 

(2) 

(2) 

$ 

80 

$ 

81 

$ 

78 

$ 

(1) 

84 

(3) 

$ 

91 

$ 

36% 
16% 
52% 

33% 
16% 
49% 

38% 
17% 
55% 

32% 
18% 
50% 

30% 
17% 
47% 

154 
49 
80 

41 
85 

1 

86 

32% 
16% 
48% 

156
59
71

49
84

(3)

82

$ 

38%
16%
55%

$  0.80 

$ 

0.82 

 $ 

0.79 

 $ 

0.77 

 $ 

0.81 

 $  0.83 

$ 

0.73 

 $  0.72

$  0.80 

$ 

0.82 

$ 

0.79 

$ 

0.76 

$ 

0.80 

$  0.83 

$ 

0.72 

$  0.71

$  0.80 

 $ 

0.81 

 $ 

0.78 

 $ 

0.75 

 $ 

0.81 

$  0.81 

$ 

0.73 

$  0.70

$  0.80 
13% 

 $ 

0.81 
13% 

 $ 

 $ 

0.77 
13% 

0.74 
13% 

 $ 

0.80 
14% 

$  0.80 
14% 

$ 

0.72 
13% 

$  0.69
13%

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding.
(1) 

 Certain accounting and measurement methods previously applied under Canadian GAAP were amended to comply with IFRSs. The comparative figures for 2010 have been restated to 
reflect these adjustments. A detailed discussion of the impact of transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs can be found in the “Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.
Includes realized gain (loss) on sale of AFS and change in unrealized gain (loss) on FVTPL investments.

(2) 

Liquidity
The purpose of liquidity management is to ensure there is sufficient cash to meet all of the Company’s financial commitments and 

obligations as they fall due. The Company believes it has the flexibility to obtain, from current cash holdings and ongoing operations, 

the funds needed to fulfill its cash requirements during the current financial year and to satisfy regulatory capital requirements. The 

Company maintains a portion of its investment portfolio in cash and liquid securities to meet working capital requirements and other 

financial commitments. At December 31, 2011, the Company held liquid assets of $451 million maturing within one year, including 

$72 million in cash and the remaining in bonds and debentures and short-term investments.

The Company has five primary sources of funds, consisting of premiums written from operations, investment income, cash and 

short-term investments, investment maturities or sales, and proceeds from the issuance of debt and equity. In addition, 37%, or 

$1,618 million, of the Company’s investment portfolio comprises federal and provincial government securities for which there is a 

highly liquid market. Funds are used primarily for operating expenses, claims payments, and interest expense, as well as dividends 

and other distributions to shareholders. 

16 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2011, the Company carried 2%, or $72 million, of its invested assets as cash and cash equivalents.

The Company leases office space, office equipment, computer equipment and automobiles. Future minimum rental commitments for 

non-cancellable leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consist of the following at December 31, 2011:

Contractual obligations 

Payment dates due by period (in thousands)

Long-term debt 
Capital lease obligations 
Operating leases 
Purchase obligations 
Other long-term obligations 

Total contractual obligations 

Total 

Less than 
1 year 

$ 

$ 425,000 
— 
10,175 
— 
— 

$ 

— 
— 
2,223 
— 
— 

1–3 
years 

— 
— 
3,553 
— 
— 

4–5 
years 

After 5 
years

$ 150,000  $  275,000
—
1,307
—
—

— 
3,092 
— 
— 

$ 435,175 

$  2,223 

$  3,553 

$ 153,092  $  276,307

Operating lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2,890 (2010 – $2,754).

Debt outstanding 
The following table provides details of the Company’s long-term debt:

Date issued 
Maturity date 
Principal amount outstanding (in millions) 
Fixed annual rate 
Semi-annual interest payments due each year on 

Series 1 

Series 2

 June 29, 2010 
 June 15, 2020 
$275 
 5.68% 
June 15, December 15 

December 16, 2010
December 15, 2015
$150
4.59%
June 15, December 15

The Company’s debentures are rated AA (Low) by Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”) and A- (Positive Outlook) by Standard & 

Poor’s (“S&P”).

The principal debt covenants associated with the debentures are as follows:

1.  A negative pledge under which the Company will not assume or create any security interest (other than permitted encumbrances) 

unless the debentures are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such obligation.

2.  The Company will not, nor will it permit any of its subsidiaries to, amalgamate, consolidate or merge with or into any other 

person or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself unless (a) the Company or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries is the continuing or 

successor company or (b) if the successor company is not a wholly owned subsidiary, at the time of, and after giving effect to, such 

transaction no event of default and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an event of default shall 

have happened and be continuing under the trust indenture, in each case subject to certain exceptions and limitations set forth in 

the trust indenture.

3.  The Company will not request that the rating agencies withdraw their ratings of the debentures.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

In the case of certain events of default under the terms of the debentures issued by the Company in 2010, the aggregate unpaid 

principal amount of such debentures, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts owing with respect 

thereto, shall become immediately due and payable. The events of default that would trigger such an acceleration of payment include if 

the Company takes certain voluntary insolvency actions, such as instituting proceedings for its winding up, liquidation or dissolution, or 

consents to the filing of such proceedings against it; or if involuntary insolvency proceedings go uncontested by the Company or are not 

dismissed within a specified time period, or the final order sought in such proceedings is granted against the Company. 

For more specific details on the terms and conditions of the debentures, please see the trust indenture of the Company dated June 29, 

2010, a copy of which is available on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) website at www.sedar.com.

Share repurchase
On May 9, 2011, the Company made an offer (the “Offer”) to repurchase up to $160 million of its common shares validly tendered to 

the Offer, by way of a modified Dutch auction and proportional tenders. On June 30, 2011, in accordance with the terms of the Offer, 

the Company repurchased 6,153,846 common shares for cancellation at a price of $26.00 per common share, for an aggregate purchase 

price of approximately $160 million. Genworth Financial, Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary, Brookfield Life Assurance Company 

Limited, participated in the Offer by making a proportional tender, and after the share repurchase on June 30, 2011 Genworth Financial, 

Inc. continues to hold approximately 57.5% of the outstanding common shares of the Company.

Investments
Investments in bonds and debentures, including government guarantee fund investments, and preferred and common shares are 

classified either as AFS or FVTPL, and their fair value is determined using quoted market prices. FVTPL investments are recorded at fair 

value, with realized gains and losses on sale and changes in the fair value of these investments recorded in net investment income in 

the income statement.

AFS investments are recorded at fair value, with changes in the fair value of these investments recorded in unrealized gains and losses, 

which are included in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Realized gains and losses on sale, as well as losses from other-than-temporary 

declines in value of AFS investments, are reclassified from AOCI and recorded in net investment income in the income statement.

Interest income from fixed income securities is recognized on an accrual basis using the effective interest method and reported as 

interest in the income statement. Dividends are recognized when the shareholders’ right to receive payment is established, which is the 

ex-dividend date, and are reported in dividends in the income statement. 

Investment sales and purchases are recorded at the investments’ trade dates. Realized gains or losses recorded on investment sales are 

measured as the difference between cash received for the investment and the cost of the investment at the trade date, and reported as 

net investment gains (losses) in the income statement. 

Financial assets not carried at FVTPL are assessed for impairment at each reporting period. Impairment losses are recognized by 

reclassifying losses from AOCI to net income.

Capital expenditures
The Company’s capital expenditures primarily relate to technology investments aimed at improving operational efficiency and 

effectiveness for sales, underwriting, risk management and loss mitigation. For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 

2011, the Company invested approximately $1 million and $3 million, respectively, for risk management and underwriting technologies. 

The Company expects that future capital expenditures will continue to be focused on underwriting and risk management technology 

improvements. The Company expects that capital expenditures in 2012 will be in the $3 million to $5 million range.

18 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

Regulatory capital management
The Insurance Subsidiary is regulated by OSFI. Under the MCT, an insurer calculates a ratio of capital available to capital required in a 

prescribed manner. Mortgage insurers are required to maintain a minimum ratio of core capital (capital available as defined for MCT 

purposes, but excluding subordinated debt) to required capital of 100%. As a result of the customized methodology applied to the 

policy liabilities of mortgage insurers and the risk profile of the Insurance Subsidiary, OSFI has established a minimum supervisory 

capital target of 120% for the Insurance Subsidiary. To maintain an adequate margin above this supervisory minimum, in July 2010 the 

Insurance Subsidiary revised its internal MCT ratio target to 145%. 

Capital above the amount required to meet the Insurance Subsidiary’s MCT ratio targets could be used to support organic growth of the 

business and, if distributed to Genworth Canada, to repurchase common shares of the Company, to declare and pay dividends or other 

distributions, for acquisitions, or for such other uses as permitted by law and that may be approved by the Board.

The MCT ratio of the Insurance Subsidiary at the end of December 31, 2011 was 162%, representing a one-point sequential increase 

over the third quarter, primarily resulting from the increase in fourth-quarter retained earnings and a net increase in unrealized gains in 

the investment portfolio. 

On October 4, 2011, OSFI released the OSFI Guidelines reflecting changes to the MCT that were originally outlined in the 

December 2010 Discussion Paper on OSFI’s Proposed Changes to the Minimum Capital Test. The changes include refining the asset 

risk factors applied to balance sheet assets and adding new capital charges for interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Interest 

rate risk is the risk of economic loss resulting from changes in interest rates related to interest rate–sensitive assets and liabilities. 

Foreign exchange risk is the risk of loss resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The estimated impact of these changes 

as at January 1, 2012 is approximately seven points of reduction in the MCT ratio to 155%. The ultimate impact of these changes 

may increase or decrease subject to future regulatory developments. The Company expects that it will continue to exceed its internal 

MCT ratio target of 145% following the changes set out in the OFSI Guidelines that took effect on January 1, 2012. 

Restrictions on dividends and capital transactions
The Company’s Insurance Subsidiary is subject to certain restrictions with respect to dividend and capital transactions. The ICA prohibits 

directors from declaring or paying any dividend on shares of an insurance company if there are reasonable grounds for believing that a 

company is, or the payment of the dividend would cause the company to be, in contravention of applicable requirements to maintain 

adequate capital, liquidity and assets. The ICA also requires an insurance company to notify OSFI of the declaration of a dividend at 

least 15 days prior to the date fixed for its payment. Similarly, the ICA prohibits the purchase for cancellation of any shares issued by an 

insurance company or the redemption of any redeemable shares or other similar capital transactions if there are reasonable grounds for 

believing that the company is, or the payment would cause the company to be, in contravention of applicable requirements to maintain 

adequate capital, liquidity and assets. Share cancellation or redemption would also require the prior approval of OSFI. Finally, OSFI has 

broad authority to take actions that could restrict the ability of an insurance company to pay dividends.

Financial strength ratings 
The Insurance Subsidiary has financial strength ratings from both S&P and DBRS. Although the Insurance Subsidiary is not required to 

have ratings to conduct its business, ratings are helpful to maintain confidence in an insurer and in the marketing of its products. The 

Insurance Subsidiary is rated AA- (Very Strong), with a positive outlook, by S&P, and AA (Superior), with a stable outlook, by DBRS. The 

ratings from S&P were affirmed in June 2011, and the ratings from DBRS were confirmed in September 2011. 

The Company has a counterparty credit rating and debenture ratings from S&P of A-, with a positive outlook, and an issuer rating from 

DBRS of AA (Low). The rating from S&P is a function of the financial strength rating on the Company’s Insurance Subsidiary and its 

structural subordination to the policyholders of its Insurance Subsidiary. S&P has applied its standard notching criteria of three notches 

between an operating company and a holding company, the Insurance Subsidiary and the Company, respectively. The rating from DBRS 

is a function of the structural subordination of the parent’s financial obligations relative to those of the regulated operating subsidiary. 

DBRS applied a one-notch differential between the Insurance Subsidiary and the Company. 

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

19

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Share-based compensation
Employee stock options (“Options”), upon being exercised, provide employees with a choice between being compensated in common 

shares of the Company or in cash equal to the net proceeds from the sale of the common shares. These types of awards are commonly 

referred to as stock options with tandem stock appreciation rights. Options granted by the Company are measured at fair value using 

the Black-Scholes valuation model at the end of each reporting period and recognized as compensation expense over the Option vesting 

period, with a corresponding entry to share-based compensation liabilities.

Employee Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) entitle employees to receive an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company’s 

common shares and may be settled in common shares or cash. RSUs granted by the Company are measured at the quoted market 

value of the Company’s common shares at the end of each reporting period and are recorded as compensation expense over the RSU 

vesting period, with a corresponding entry to share-based compensation liabilities.

Directors’ Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) entitle eligible members of the Board to receive an amount equal to the fair market value of 

the Company’s common shares as compensation for director services rendered for the period, and may be settled in common shares 

or cash. The DSUs granted by the Company are measured at the quoted market value of the Company’s common shares at the end of 

each reporting period and are recorded as compensation expense in the period the awards are granted, with a corresponding entry to 

share-based compensation liabilities. 

Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) entitle senior executive employees to receive an amount equal to the fair market value of the 

Company’s common shares as compensation if the Company meets certain performance conditions based on the Company’s earnings 

per common share, return on equity and contribution margin associated with underwriting income and investment income at the end of 

a three-year period. The PSUs granted by the Company are measured at the quoted market value of the Company’s common shares at 

the end of each reporting period and are recorded as compensation expense over the PSU vesting period with a corresponding entry to 

share-based compensation liabilities, based on management’s best estimate of the outcome of the performance conditions.

Critical accounting estimates and judgments
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs requires management to make estimates and judgments 

that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts 

of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods covered by the financial statements. The principal financial statement components 

subject to measurement uncertainty are outlined below as accounting estimates and judgments. Actual results may differ from the 

estimates used, and such differences may be material.

Accounting estimates

Premiums earned

Mortgage insurance premiums are deferred and then taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related policies. The 

rates or formulae under which premiums are earned relate to the loss emergence pattern in each year of coverage. In order to match 

premiums earned to losses on claims, premiums written are recognized as premiums earned using a factor-based premium recognition 

curve. In constructing the premium recognition curve, the Company applies actuarial forecasting techniques to historical loss data 

to determine expected loss development and the related loss emergence pattern. The actuarial forecasting techniques incorporate 

economic assumptions that impact future losses and loss development including unemployment rates, interest rates and expected 

changes in house prices. The premium recognition curve is reviewed on a quarterly basis based on the most current available historical 

loss data and economic assumptions and is updated as required. The impact of the experience update for the three months and 

twelve months ended December 31, 2011 is a $13 million and $39 million increase in premiums earned, respectively, as compared 

to a $13 million and $48 million increase in premiums earned in the three months and twelve months ended December 31, 2010. 

The Company will continue to assess its loss experience on a quarterly basis and make adjustments as appropriate to the premium 

recognition curve.

20 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

Deferred policy acquisition costs 

Deferred policy acquisition costs comprise premium taxes, appraisal costs, certain employee compensation, and other expenses that 

relate directly to acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. Policy acquisition costs are deferred and amortized to income in 

proportion to and over the periods in which premiums are earned. The Company estimates the expenses that are eligible for deferral, 

based on the nature of the expenses incurred and the results of time and activity studies performed to identify the portion of time that 

the Company’s employees incur in the acquisition of new mortgage insurance business.

Subrogation recoverable 

The Company estimates the fair value of real estate owned that is included in subrogation recoverable, based on third-party property 

appraisals or other types of third-party valuations deemed to be more appropriate for a particular property.

The Company estimates the borrower recoveries related to claims paid and loss reserves that are included in subrogation recoverable, 

based on historical recovery experience.

Loss reserves

Loss reserves represent the amount needed to provide for the expected ultimate net cost of settling claims, including adjustment 

expenses related to defaults by borrowers (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before the balance sheet date. Loss 

reserves are discounted to take into account the time value of money and include a supplemental provision for adverse deviation. Loss 

reserves are recognized when the first scheduled mortgage payment is missed by a mortgage borrower. In determining the ultimate 

claim amount, the Company estimates the expected recovery from the property that is securing the insured loan, and the legal, property 

maintenance and other loss adjustment expenses incurred in the claim settlement process. Loss reserves consist of individual case 

reserves, incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves, and supplemental loss reserves for potential adverse development.

For the purpose of quantifying case reserves, the Company analyzes each reported delinquent loan on a case-by-case basis and 

establishes a case reserve based on the expected loss, if any. The ultimate expected claim amount is influenced significantly by housing 

market conditions, changes in property values and the condition of properties in default. Accordingly, case reserves include a provision 

for adverse development, primarily to address a potential decline in property value.

The Company establishes reserves for IBNR based on the reporting lag from the date of the first missed payment to the balance sheet 

date for mortgages in default that have not been reported to the Company. IBNR is calculated using estimates of expected claim 

frequency and claim severity based on the most current available historical loss data. 

In order to discount loss reserves to present value, the Company’s external appointed actuary determines a discount rate based on the 

book yield of the Company’s general investment portfolio. 

The Company’s external appointed actuary develops a margin for adverse deviation based on assessment of the adequacy of the 

Company’s loss reserves and with reference to the current and future expected condition of the Canadian housing market and its impact 

on the expected development of losses. The Company determines a supplemental provision for adverse deviation (“PFAD”) based on 

the margin developed by the actuary.

The process for the establishment of loss reserves relies on the judgment and opinions of a number of individuals, on historical 

precedent and trends, on prevailing legal and economic trends and on expectations as to future developments. This process involves 

risks that actual results will deviate, perhaps substantially, from the best estimates made. These risks vary in proportion to the length of 

the estimation period and the volatility of each component comprising the liability. 

Utilization of tax losses

As at December 31, 2011, the Company has recognized $10 million of tax losses. Management considers it probable that future taxable 

profits will be available against which these tax losses can be utilized.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

21

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Share-based compensation

The fair value of Options is measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Measurement inputs are the common share price on 

the measurement date, the exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility, the weighted average expected life of the instrument, 

expected dividends and the risk-free rate. Expected volatility is estimated based on the mean volatility of the general index of Canadian 

financial companies and the Company’s average historical volatility. The volatility of Canadian financial companies is used to supplement 

the volatility calculation given that the Company has limited common share price history. The weighted-average expected life of the 

instrument is estimated based on historical experience of affiliated companies. The dividend yield is estimated based on historical 

dividends and the Company’s long-term expectations. The risk-free rate is determined with reference to Government of Canada bonds. 

Service and performance conditions attached to Options, RSUs and PSUs are not taken into account in determining fair value. However, 

the Company records share-based compensation expense only to the extent that the share-based awards are expected to vest based on 

the Company’s best estimate of the outcome of the service and performance conditions. 

Employee future benefits

Actuarial valuations of benefit liabilities for pension and other post-employment benefit plans are performed as at December 31 of each 

year, based on the Company’s assumptions on the discount rate, rate of compensation increase, retirement age, mortality and the trend 

in the health care cost rate. The discount rate is determined by the Company with reference to AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity 

dates approximating the Company’s obligation terms at period end and are denominated in the same currency as the benefit obligations. 

Other assumptions are determined with reference to long-term expectations. 

Accounting judgments

Objective evidence of impairment 

As of each balance sheet date, the Company evaluates AFS financial assets in an unrealized loss position for objective evidence of 

impairment.

For investments in bonds and debentures, evaluation of whether impairment has occurred is based on the Company’s best estimate 

of the cash flows expected to be collected at the individual investment level. The Company considers all available information relevant 

to the collectability of the investment, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable 

forecasts. Estimating such cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third-party 

sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of any underlying collateral for asset-

backed securities. Where possible, this data is benchmarked against third-party sources. Impairments for bonds and debentures in an 

unrealized loss position are deemed to exist when the Company does not expect full recovery of the amortized cost of the investment, 

based on the estimate of cash flows expected to be collected, or when the Company intends to sell the investment prior to recovery 

from its unrealized loss position. 

For equity investments, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in the period in which it is determined that an investment has 

experienced significant or prolonged losses and is not expected to recover its cost within a reasonable period. The Company determines 

what constitutes a reasonable period on a security-by-security basis, based upon consideration of all the evidence available, including the 

magnitude of an unrealized loss and its duration. In any event, this period does not exceed 18 months for common equity investments.

22 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

Changes in accounting policies

International Financial Reporting Standards 
This is the fourth quarter that the Company reports its unaudited financial results in accordance with IFRSs, including comparative 

financial results and an opening statement of financial position as at January 1, 2010 (“the transition date”). The explanatory paragraphs 

and financial tables that follow describe the Company’s experience with IFRSs transition and the impact of IFRSs adoption on its 

financial results. 

IFRSs transition
The transition to IFRSs has not resulted in material changes to the Company’s retained earnings at the transition date or its earnings for 

the current and comparative periods. Accordingly, there has been no material impact on the Company’s regulatory capital requirements 

due to transition. 

IFRSs transition has resulted in additional financial disclosure requirements for the Company. The Company has developed financial 

reporting processes necessary to complete such disclosures including establishing procedures for the collection and timely reporting of 

additional information. 

The transition to IFRSs has had no impact on the Company’s underwriting and claims management system or other IT source systems 

that support the Company’s financial statement balances. Consequently, there have also been no material changes to systems of 

internal controls upon transition.

First-time adoption of IFRSs

In its transition to IFRSs, the Company applied IFRS 1 – First-Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards 

(“IFRS 1”). IFRS 1 generally requires retrospective adoption of IFRSs. However, it also provides certain mandatory exceptions and 

elective exemptions from retrospective adoption. The mandatory exception and the elective exemption taken by the Company are 

described below.

Mandatory exception

Estimates

Hindsight was not used to create or revise estimates, and, accordingly, the estimates previously made by the Company under Canadian 

GAAP are consistent with their application under IFRSs.

Elective exemption

Business combinations

The Company has applied the business combinations exemption in IFRS 1 to not apply IFRS 3 – Business Combinations (“IFRS 3”) 

retrospectively to past business combinations. Accordingly, the Company has not restated business combinations that took place prior 

to the transition date.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

23

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

IFRSs’ impact

The following tables set forth the impact of transition to IFRSs on the Company’s income statement for the three and the twelve 

months ended December 31, 2010.

(in thousands of dollars except per share data) 

Net premiums written 

Net premiums earned 

Underwriting revenues 
Losses on claims and expenses: 
  Losses on claims 
  Expenses 

Total losses on claims and expenses 

For the three months ended 
December 31, 2010 

For the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2010

Canadian 
GAAP 

Effect of 
transition 
to IFRSs 

IFRSs 

Canadian 
GAAP  

Effect of 
transition 
to IFRSs 

$  134,123 

$ 

156,186 

156,188 

50,398 
28,387 

78,785 

— 

— 

— 

$  134,123 

$  551,603 

$ 

156,186 

  620,834 

156,188 

  620,929 

— 
(703)(2)   

50,398 
27,684 

  206,410 
  103,823 

(703) 

78,082 

  310,233 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(958)2 

(958) 

IFRSs

$  551,603

620,834

620,929

206,410
102,865

309,275 

Net underwriting income 

77,403 

703 

78,106 

  310,696 

958 

311,654 

Investment income 

44,497 

— 

44,497 

  183,119 

Interest expense 

Income before income taxes   
Provision for income taxes 

Net income 
Net operating income(1) 

Operating return on equity 
Operating earnings per  
  common share (diluted) 

4,294 

117,606 
33,278 

$ 
$ 

84,328 
83,950 

$ 
$ 

14% 

— 

703 
207 

496 
496 

— 

4,294 

8,322 

118,309 
33,485 

  485,493 
  136,767 

— 

— 

958 
1,702 

183,119 

8,322

486,451
138,469

$ 
$ 

84,824 
84,447 

$  348,726 
$  343,448 

$ 
$ 

(744) 
(744) 

$  347,982
$  342,704

14% 

14% 

— 

14%

$ 

0.79 

— 

$ 

0.80 

$ 

3.01 

— 

$ 

3.01

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
(1) 
(2) 

 This is a financial measure not calculated based on IFRSs. See the “Non-IFRSs Financial Measures” section in this MD&A for additional information.
 The effect of transition to IFRSs on total expenses in the fourth quarter of 2010 is a decrease of $703 thousand and comprises a decrease to employee future benefits related to prior service 
costs of $62 thousand, a decrease to employee future benefits related to net actuarial gains or losses of $3 thousand and a decrease to share-based compensation of $638 thousand. The 
effect of transition to IFRSs on total expenses in the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 is a decrease of $958 thousand and comprises a decrease to employee future benefits related 
to prior service costs of $245 thousand, a decrease to employee future benefits related to net actuarial gains or losses of $15 thousand and a decrease to share-based compensation of 
$698 thousand. 

24 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the impact of transition to IFRSs on the Company’s statements of financial position as at January 1 and 

December 31, 2010.

(in thousands) 

Investments:
  General portfolio 
  Government guarantee fund 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Unearned premium reserves   
Loss reserves 
Long-term debt 
Deferred tax liability 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 
AOCI 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Canadian 
GAAP 

Effect of 
transition 
to IFRSs 

IFRSs 

Canadian 
GAAP  

Effect of 
transition 
to IFRSs 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 4,489,536 
645,733 
262,932 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 1,902,164 
206,611 
421,566 
215,428 
63,207 

  2,808,976 

  2,589,225 
124,369 

— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 4,489,536 
645,733 
262,932 

$ 4,409,814 
  576,417 
  223,695 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 5,209,926 

— 
— 
— 
(147) 
705 

$ 1,902,164 
206,611 
421,566 
215,281 
63,912 

$ 1,971,396 
  236,181 
— 
  203,218 
  155,904 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
(14) 
53 

IFRSs

$ 4,409,814
576,417
223,695

$ 5,209,926

$ 1,971,396
236,181
—
203,204
155,957

558 

  2,809,534 

  2,566,699 

39 

  2,566,738

(558) 
— 

  2,588,667 
124,369 

  2,643,227 
96,924 

(39) 
— 

  2,643,188
96,924

Shareholders’ equity excluding AOCI 

  2,464,856 

(558) 

  2,464,298 

  2,546,303 

(39) 

  2,546,264

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 

— 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 5,209,926 

$ 

— 

$ 5,209,926

The following table sets forth the impact of conversion to IFRSs on net income and net operating income for the four quarters of 2010. 

(in thousands) 

Canadian GAAP net income  
Employee future benefits – prior service costs  
Employee future benefits – net actuarial gains or losses 
Share-based compensation 

$ 

Total impact on expenses 
Tax impact of above changes   
Tax adjustment – treatment of IPO expenses   

Total impact of transition to IFRSs 

Q1’10 

84,092 
61 
4 
265 

330 
(102) 
— 

228 

$ 

Q2’10 

Q3’10 

85,349 
61 
4 
(512) 

$  94,957 
61 
4 
307 

$ 

Q4’10 

84,328 
62 
3 
638 

FY’10

$  348,726
245
15
698

(447) 
137 
— 

(310) 

372 
(110) 
(1,420) 

(1,158) 

703 
(207) 
— 

496 

958
(282)
(1,420)

(744)

IFRSs net income 

$ 

84,320 

$ 

85,039 

$  93,799 

$ 

84,824 

$  347,982

(in thousands) 

Net operating income reported under Canadian GAAP  
Total impact of transition to IFRSs 

$ 

Q1’10 

81,461 
228 

Q2’10 

Q3’10 

Q4’10 

FY’10

$ 

85,921 
(310) 

$  92,116 
(1,158) 

$ 

83,950 
496 

$  343,448
(744)

Net operating income reported under IFRS  

$ 

81,689 

$ 

85,611 

$  90,958 

$ 

84,446 

$  342,704

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

IFRSs’ impact on expenses

Mandatory accounting policy changes

Employee future benefits

Under Canadian GAAP, prior service costs relating to plan amendments to a defined benefit plan are deferred and amortized over the 

average service lives of active employees. Under IFRSs, prior service costs are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis until 

the benefits are vested. To the extent that the benefits are vested upon introduction of amendments to a defined benefit plan, the prior 

service costs are expensed immediately. 

Share-based compensation 

The Company granted share-based compensation to certain employees that provides the choice of settlement in cash or common 

shares of the Company. The Company accounted for these share-based compensation arrangements by reference to their intrinsic value 

under Canadian GAAP based on the assumption that these benefits will be settled in cash. Under IFRSs, the related liability has been 

adjusted to reflect the fair value of the outstanding share-based compensation. 

Elected accounting policy changes

Employee future benefits

Under Canadian GAAP, the Company deferred net actuarial gains or losses relating to its defined benefit plans within a 10% corridor 

of the defined benefit obligations. While IFRSs currently permit this approach and other systematic and unbiased methods that provide 

for faster recognition of net actuarial gains or losses, the standards also permit the recognition of net actuarial gains or losses directly 

in OCI without subsequent reclassification of the net gains or losses to income. The Company has elected to recognize net actuarial 

gains or losses in OCI and report them in retained earnings. On January 1, 2013, upon the adoption of the revised standard IAS 19 – 

Employee Benefits, the recognition of net actuarial gains or losses directly in OCI without subsequent reclassification to income will 

become mandatory.

IFRSs’ impact on tax
Under Canadian GAAP, previously unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2009 relating to financing costs incurred 

in connection with the Company’s IPO were recognized in consolidated net income when the benefits met recognition criteria in the 

quarter ended December 31, 2010. These tax benefits would have been recognized directly in share capital if they met recognition 

criteria at the time of the IPO. IFRSs require backward tracing of tax expenses or benefits. Accordingly, the Company reclassified the 

benefits from income to share capital in the period in which the benefits met recognition criteria. With the exception of this adjustment 

and the tax effect of other IFRSs adjustments, no other material differences have been identified in the recognition and measurement of 

taxes under IFRSs.

IFRSs development
The Company is monitoring developments in standards that are expected to change subsequent to the transition date. 

Investments

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”) was issued in November 2009, superseding IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and 

Measurement, with an original adoption date of January 1, 2013. In July 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) 

voted to have the implementation date moved from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2015. This new standard will impact the Company’s 

financial statements significantly because the standard will require all financial instruments to be accounted for either at amortized cost 

or at fair value, with fair value changes recorded in income. The AFS category, which permits entities to account for changes in fair 

value of financial instruments in OCI, and where the vast majority of the Company’s financial instruments are currently recorded, will 

cease to exist. 

26 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

On December 16, 2011, the IASB issued the Mandatory Effective Date of IFRS 9 and the Transition Disclosures, which amends IFRS 9 

to require application for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, rather than January 1, 2013. IFRS 9 is also amended so 

that it does not require the restatement of comparative period financial statements for the initial application of the classification and 

measurement requirements of IFRS 9, but instead requires modified disclosures on transition to IFRS 9.

Insurance contracts

On July 30, 2010, the IASB issued an Exposure Draft (“ED”) on Phase II of IFRS 4, which is intended to result in a single, consistent 

recognition and measurement standard for insurance contracts internationally. The ED continues to apply the same definition for 

insurance contracts as set out in the existing standard. At the same time, it modifies the scope to require the accounting for financial 

guarantee contracts as insurance contracts under IFRS 4. 

The ED does not include a proposed transition date. The IASB may align the mandatory adoption of IFRS 9 for insurers to coincide with 

the adoption of Phase II of IFRS 4. 

The most significant changes to IFRS 4 pertain to the recognition and measurement of insurance contracts. The IASB is proposing that 

an insurer measure its insurance liabilities using a model based on fulfillment cash flows. The insurance liability is to comprise (i) the 

unbiased, probability-weighted average of future cash flows that are expected to arise as the insurer fulfills its obligation under an 

insurance contract discounted to present value; and (ii) a risk adjustment to reflect the uncertainty about the amount and timing of the 

future cash flows. Both the cash flows and the risk margin are to be re-measured each reporting period. In addition to the fulfillment 

cash flows, the ED requires that the measurement of an insurance contract include a residual margin. The residual margin represents a 

calibration that eliminates positive differences between expected premiums and expected claims, handling expenses and incremental 

policy acquisition costs at the inception of the insurance contract. The residual margin is not re-measured but is released over the 

insurance contract coverage period. Policy acquisition costs directly attributable to the acquisition of insurance contracts may be included 

in the determination of fulfillment cash flows. All other acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

At the date of transition, the ED requires that an insurer measure each portfolio of insurance contracts based on fulfillment cash flows. 

If a difference between the insurer’s existing insurance liabilities and the new measurement arises, that difference is recognized directly 

in retained earnings. Any existing balances of deferred acquisition costs are also derecognized at the transition date. Thus, to the extent 

that the Company’s existing unearned premium balance exceeds fulfillment cash flows plus risk margin, the excess is recorded directly 

in retained earnings and is no longer released into income over the insurance contract coverage period based on the expected loss 

emergence pattern. The ED’s proposals regarding transition are expected to be re-deliberated by the IASB.

The ED is in its preliminary stages and is subject to change. Comments on the ED were submitted to the IASB by November 30, 

2010. Based on commentary received from stakeholders, the IASB has continued to deliberate the proposed accounting for insurance 

contracts and has targeted to complete its review and issue a final standard in the first half of 2012.

Risk management 
Risk management is a critical part of the Company’s business. The Company has an enterprise risk management framework that 

encompasses mortgage portfolio risk management, underwriting policies and guidelines, product development, regulatory compliance, 

investment portfolio management and liquidity risk. The Company’s risk management framework facilitates the assessment of risk by 

acting as a proactive decision-making tool to determine which risks are acceptable and to monitor and manage the Company’s risks in an 

ongoing manner. The Company’s risk management framework and internal control procedures are designed to reduce the volatility in its 

financial results. 

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

27

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

Mortgage portfolio risk management
The Company’s mortgage portfolio risk management involves actively managing its borrower credit quality, product, and geographic 

exposures. The Company carefully monitors portfolio concentrations by borrower credit quality, product, and geography against 

predetermined risk tolerances, taking into account the conditions of the housing market and the economy in each region of Canada. 

The Company’s underwriting policies and guidelines are reviewed and updated regularly to manage the Company’s exposures and to 

address emerging trends in the housing market and the economic environment. For example, in view of economic conditions in the 

early part of 2009, the Company took a number of actions focusing on its new insurance written to reduce the overall risk profile of its 

mortgage portfolio, such as more stringent requirements on borrowers’ total debt service ratios, credit scores and loan-to-value ratios in 

economically sensitive areas. 

In addition to these internal actions, the Company has supported the Government of Canada’s decisions from 2008 to 2011 to introduce 

restrictions on insured mortgages. In 2008, the government eliminated insurance products for mortgages with loan-to-value ratios of 

greater than 95%, interest-only mortgages, and amortization periods greater than 35 years. 

On April 19, 2010, the Government of Canada implemented additional changes to the rules for government guaranteed mortgages, 

which (i) required that all borrowers seeking mortgages of a term less than five years or seeking a variable rate mortgage must qualify 

for the five-year fixed rate mortgage posted by the Bank of Canada, (ii) lowered the maximum amount that borrowers can withdraw 

in refinancing their mortgages to 90%, from 95%, of the value of their homes, and (iii) required a minimum down payment of 20% on 

non-owner-occupied properties purchased for speculation. These rules were formalized in an amendment to the Government Guarantee 

Agreement between the Government of Canada and the Insurance Subsidiary. 

On March 18, 2011 the Government of Canada implemented additional changes to the rules for government guaranteed mortgages, 

which (i) reduced the maximum amortization period to 30 years from 35 years for high loan-to-value mortgages, (ii) lowered the 

maximum amount that borrowers can withdraw in refinancing their mortgages to 85%, from 90%, of the value of their homes, and 

(iii) eliminated mortgage insurance on mortgages that do not have scheduled principal and interest payments (e.g., lines of credit). The 

changes were effective on April 18, 2011. These rules were formalized in an additional amendment to the Government Guarantee 

Agreement between the Government of Canada and the Insurance Subsidiary. 

The Company supports the implementation of these changes and views them as prudent steps taken to protect and maintain the health 

and stability of the housing market. 

The Company’s extensive historical database and innovative information technology systems are important tools in its approach to 

risk management. The Company utilizes components of its proprietary high loan-to-value mortgage performance database to build and 

improve its mortgage scoring model. The Company’s mortgage scoring model employs a number of evaluation criteria to assign a score 

to each insured mortgage loan and predict the likelihood of a future claim. These evaluation criteria include borrower credit score, loan 

type and amount, total debt service ratio, property type, and loan-to-value ratio. The Company believes that these factors, as well as 

other considerations, significantly enhance the ability of the mortgage scoring model to predict the likelihood of a borrower default, as 

compared to reliance solely on borrower credit score. The Company’s mortgage portfolio risk management function is organized into 

three primary groups: portfolio analysis, underwriting policies and guidelines, and risk technology and models. The risk management 

team analyzes and summarizes mortgage portfolio performance, risk concentrations, emerging trends and remedial actions, and the 

reports are reviewed with the Company’s management-level risk committee on a monthly basis.

28 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

Transactions with related parties 
Following the closing of the Company’s IPO on July 7, 2009, the Company and the Insurance Subsidiary entered into a Transition 

Services Agreement with Genworth Financial, Inc., the Company’s indirect majority shareholder. The agreement prescribes that 

these companies will provide certain services to one another, with most services being terminated if Genworth Financial, Inc. ceases 

to beneficially own more than 50% of the common shares of the Company. The services rendered by Genworth Financial, Inc. and 

affiliated companies consist of information technology, finance, human resources, legal, investment, compliance and other specified 

services. The services rendered by the Company and the Insurance Subsidiary relate mainly to financial reporting and tax compliance 

support services. These transactions are in the normal course of business and are measured at the transaction value. Balances owing 

for service transactions are non-interest bearing and are settled on a quarterly basis. The Company incurred net related party charges of 

$1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011, and $6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements 
Certain statements made in this MD&A contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities laws (“forward-

looking statements”). When used in this MD&A, the words “may,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” 

“seek,” “propose,” “estimate,” “expect,” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company, are intended to identify forward-

looking statements. Specific forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to 

the Company’s expectations regarding the Canadian government’s proposed changes to the guarantee regime regarding residential 

mortgages, and the Company’s beliefs as to housing demand and home price appreciation, unemployment rates, future operating and 

financial results, expectations regarding premiums written, capital expenditure plans, dividend policy and the ability to execute on its 

future operating, investing and financial strategies.

The forward-looking statements contained herein are based on certain factors and assumptions, certain of which appear proximate to 

the applicable forward-looking statements contained herein, including the economic assumptions described in the “Outlook” section 

of this MD&A. Inherent in the forward-looking statements are known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors beyond 

the Company’s ability to control or predict that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company, or 

developments in the Company’s business or in its industry, to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance, achievements 

or developments expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Actual results or developments may differ materially from 

those contemplated by the forward-looking statements.

The Company’s actual results and performance could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a 

result of both known and unknown risks, including risks related to changes in government regulation; competition from other providers 

of mortgage insurance in Canada; a downturn in the global or Canadian economies; a decline in the Company’s regulatory capital or an 

increase in its regulatory capital requirements; changes to laws mandating mortgage insurance; a decrease in the volume of high loan-

to-value mortgage originations; ineffective or unsuccessfully implemented risk management standards by the Company; a downgrade or 

potential downgrade in the Company’s financial strength ratings; interest rate fluctuations; the loss of members of the Company’s senior 

management team; potential legal, tax and regulatory investigations and actions; the failure of the Company’s computer systems; and 

potential conflicts of interest between the Company and its majority shareholder, Genworth Financial, Inc.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

29

Management’s discussion and analysis

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

This is not an exhaustive list of the factors that may affect any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Some of these and other 

factors are discussed in more detail in the Company’s annual information form (“AIF”) dated March 18, 2011. Investors and others 

should carefully consider these and other factors and not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. Further information 

regarding these and other risk factors is included in the Company’s public filings with provincial and territorial securities regulatory 

authorities and can be found on the SEDAR website at www.sedar.com, including the AIF. The forward-looking statements contained in 

this MD&A represent the Company’s views only as of the date hereof. Forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A are based 

on management’s current plans, estimates, projections, beliefs and opinions, and the assumptions related to these plans, estimates, 

projections, beliefs and opinions may change; therefore, they are presented for the purpose of assisting the Company’s security holders 

in understanding management’s current views regarding those future outcomes and may not be appropriate for other purposes. While 

the Company anticipates that subsequent events and developments may cause the Company’s views to change, the Company does not 

undertake to update any forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws.

Non-IFRSs financial measures
To supplement the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with IFRSs, the Company uses a 

non-IFRSs financial measure called net operating income. Non-IFRSs measures used by the Company to analyze performance include 

underwriting ratios such as loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio, as well as other performance measures such as net operating 

income and return on net operating income. Other non-IFRSs measures include shareholders equity excluding AOCI, insurance in force, 

new insurance written, MCT ratio, delinquency ratio, severity on claims paid, operating earnings per common share (basic and diluted), 

book value per common share (basic and diluted; including and excluding AOCI), dividends paid per common share, and portfolio 

duration. The Company believes that these non-IFRSs financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information regarding 

its performance and may be useful to investors because they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by 

management in its financial and operational decision making. Non-IFRSs measures do not have standardized meaning and are unlikely to 

be comparable to any similar measure presented by other companies. 

30 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

The table below shows the Company’s net operating income and operating earnings per common share for the periods specified 

and reconciles these figures to the Company’s net income and operating earnings per common share in accordance with IFRSs for 

such periods.

(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Net income 

Adjustment to net income: 
  Net gains on investments, net of taxes   

Net operating income 

(in dollars) 

Earnings per common share 
Adjustment to earnings per common share: 
  Net gains on investments, net of taxes   

Operating earnings per common share 

(in dollars) 

Earnings per common share 
Adjustment to earnings per common share: 
  Net gains on investments, net of taxes   

Operating earnings per common share 

For the three months ended 
December 31 

For the twelve months ended 
December 31

2011  

2010(1) 

2011  

2010(1)

79 

$ 

85 

$ 

323 

$ 

348

— 

79 

(1) 

(5) 

$ 

84 

$ 

318 

$ 

(5)

343

$ 

$ 

For the three months ended 
December 31 

For the three months ended 
December 31

2011  

2010(1)

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted

$ 

0.80 

$ 

0.80 

$ 

0.81 

$ 

0.80

— 

— 

— 

$ 

0.80 

$ 

0.80 

$ 

0.81 

$ 

—

0.80

For the twelve months ended 
December 31 

For the twelve months ended 
December 31

2011  

2010(1)

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted

$ 

3.18 

$ 

3.17 

$ 

3.08 

$ 

3.05

(0.05) 

(0.05) 

(0.04) 

$ 

3.13 

$ 

3.12 

$ 

3.04 

$ 

(0.04)

3.01

Note: Amounts may not add due to rounding.
(1) 

 Certain accounting and measurement methods previously applied under Canadian GAAP were amended to comply with IFRSs. The comparative figures for 2010 have been restated to 
reflect these adjustments. A detailed discussion of the impact of transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs can be found in the “Changes in Accounting Policies” section of this MD&A.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Genworth MI Canada Inc.

 Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2011

33 

 Management statement on responsibility for 
financial reporting

34 

Independent auditors’ report to the shareholders

35  Consolidated statements of financial position

36  Consolidated statements of income

37  Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

38 

 Consolidated statements of changes in equity

39  Consolidated statements of cash flows

40  Notes to consolidated financial statements

32 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management statement on responsibility for financial reporting

Management is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements of Genworth MI Canada 

Inc. (the “Company”). This responsibility includes ensuring the integrity and fairness of information presented and making appropriate 

estimates based on judgment. The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting 

Standards.

Preparation of financial information is an integral part of management’s broader responsibilities for the ongoing operations of the 

Company. Management maintains an extensive system of internal accounting controls to ensure that transactions are accurately 

recorded on a timely basis, are properly approved and result in reliable financial statements. The adequacy of operation of the control 

systems is monitored on an ongoing basis by management.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) is responsible for approving the financial statements. The Audit Committee of 

the Board, comprising directors who are neither officers nor employees of the Company, meets with management, internal auditors, 

the actuary and external auditors (all of whom have unrestricted access and the opportunity to have private meetings with the Audit 

Committee), and reviews the financial statements. The Audit Committee then submits its report to the Board recommending its 

approval of the financial statements.

The Company’s appointed actuary is required to conduct a valuation of policy liabilities in accordance with Canadian generally accepted 

actuarial standards, reporting his results to management and the Audit Committee.

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”) makes an annual examination and inquiry into the affairs of 

the insurance subsidiary of the Company as deemed necessary to ensure that the Company is in sound financial condition and that the 

interests of the policyholders are protected under the provisions of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada).

The Company’s external auditors, KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants, conduct an independent audit of the consolidated financial 

statements of the Company and meet both with management and the Audit Committee to discuss the results of their audit. The 

auditors’ report to the shareholders appears on the following page.

Brian Hurley 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Philip Mayers 
Senior Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer

Toronto, Canada 

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

33

Independent auditors’ report to the shareholders

To the Shareholders of Genworth MI Canada Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Genworth MI Canada Inc., which comprise the consolidated 

statements of financial position as at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010, the consolidated statements of 

comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and notes, 

comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information. 

Management’s responsibility for the consolidated financial statements 
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the 

preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

Auditors’ responsibility 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in 

accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and 

plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material 

misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 

statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the 

consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant 

to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are 

appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. 

An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made 

by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 

Genworth MI Canada Inc. as at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010, and its consolidated financial performance 

and its consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 in accordance with International 

Financial Reporting Standards.

Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada 

February 23, 2012

34 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

Consolidated statements of financial position
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents (note 9) 
Short-term investments (note 9) 
Accrued investment income and other receivables 
Bonds and debentures:
  Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) (note 9) 
  Available-for-sale (“AFS”) (note 9) 
  Bonds and debentures under securities lending program (AFS) (note 9)   
Equity investments (AFS) (note 9) 

  December 31,  December 31, 

January 1, 

2011(1) 

2010(1)(2) 

2010(1)(2)

$ 

72,244 
45,723 
38,155 

$  351,136 
6,988 
32,270 

$  377,512
253,527
28,869

— 
  3,712,077 
277,418 
224,764 

38,290 
  3,629,494 
268,442 
195,186 

34,485
   3,420,567
323,300
423

Total invested assets, accrued investment income and other receivables   

  4,370,381 

  4,521,806 

  4,438,683

Income taxes recoverable 
Subrogation recoverable (note 6(c)) 
Government guarantee fund (note 10) 
Prepaid assets 
Property and equipment (note 16) 
Intangible assets (note 17) 
Deferred policy acquisition costs (note 6(d)) 
Goodwill (note 18) 

Total assets 

Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Loss reserves (note 6(b)) 
Share-based compensation liabilities (note 15)  
Long-term debt (note 21) 
Unearned premium reserves (note 6(a)) 
Accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans (note 14) 
Net deferred tax liabilities (note 11) 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital (note 20) 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

(1)  Refer to note 23 for a presentation of assets and liabilities expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months.
(2)  Refer to note 24 for the effects of adopting IFRSs.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

2,625 
106,557 
731,130 
3,391 
2,651 
11,561 
154,009 
11,172 

7,505 
40,393 
645,733 
2,019 
2,836 
14,119 
152,618 
11,172 

—
13,646
576,417
3,017
3,844
16,307
146,840
11,172

$ 5,393,477 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 5,209,926

$ 

44,750 
— 
169,008 
3,170 
421,945 
  1,823,678 
16,315 
231,484 

$ 

46,132 
— 
206,611 
5,412 
421,566 
  1,902,164 
12,368 
215,281 

$ 

28,586
116,230
236,181
1,668
—
  1,971,396
9,473
203,204

  2,710,350 

  2,809,534 

  2,566,738

  1,462,994 
  1,005,276 
214,857 

  1,553,463 
910,835 
124,369 

  1,734,376
811,888
96,924

  2,683,127 

  2,588,667 

  2,643,188

$ 5,393,477 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 5,209,926

Brian Hurley 
Director 

Brian Kelly
Director

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of income
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

Years ended December 31 

Gross premiums written (note 6(a)) 

Net premiums written (note 6(a)) 

Net premiums earned (note 6(a)) 
Fees and other income 

Underwriting revenue 
Losses on claims (note 6(b)) 

Expenses:
  Premium taxes and underwriting fees 
  Employee compensation 
  Office expenses 
  Professional fees 
  Promotional expenses and travel 
  Other 

  Total expenses 
  Net change in deferred policy acquisition costs (note 6(d)) 

Net underwriting income 
Investment income:

Interest 
  Dividends 
  Net realized gains on sale of investments 
  Decrease in unrealized loss on FVTPL investments 
  Guarantee fund earnings (note 10) 

  Total investment income 
  General investment expenses 

Interest expense (note 21) 

Income before income taxes   
Income taxes (note 11):
  Current 
  Deferred 

2011(1) 

2010(1)

$  544,577 

$  564,415

$  533,400 

$  551,602

$  611,886 
547 

$  620,834
95

612,433 
224,510 

620,929
206,410

35,580 
34,030 
20,458 
5,747 
5,777 
1,081 

102,673 
(1,391) 

101,282 

286,641 

164,706 
8,935 
5,287 
1,878 
2,834 

183,640 
(4,393) 

179,247 
(22,884) 

443,004 

109,025 
10,788 

119,813 

37,149
36,193
20,554
7,252
5,428
2,067

108,643
(5,778)

102,865

311,654

173,512
2,816
3,735
3,806
3,692

187,561
(4,442)

183,119
(8,322)

486,451

124,776
13,693

138,469

Net income attributable to owners of the Company 

$  323,191 

$  347,982

Earnings per share (note 22):
  Basic  
  Diluted 

(1)  Refer to note 24 for the effects of adopting IFRSs.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

$ 

$ 

3.18 
3.17 

3.08
3.05

36 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Net income  
Other comprehensive income: 
  Net change in fair value of AFS financial assets net of tax of $36,587 (2010 – $13,663)   
  Gains on AFS financial assets realized and reclassified to consolidated statement of income 

  net of tax recovery of $2,030 (2010 – $3,773) 

  Defined benefit plan actuarial losses net of tax recovery of $582 (2010 – $415) 

Total other comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company  
  net of tax of $33,975 (2010 – $9,475) 

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company 

2011 

2010(1)

$  323,191 

$  347,982

95,803 

37,916 

(5,315) 
(1,679) 

(10,471)
(1,195)

88,809 

26,250 

$  412,000 

$  374,232

(1)  Refer to note 24 for the effects of adopting IFRSs.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of changes in equity
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Balance at January 1, 2011   
Comprehensive income:
  Net income  
  Other comprehensive income 

  Total comprehensive income 

Transactions recognized directly in equity:
  Quarterly dividends on common shares(2) 
  Special dividend on common shares(3) 

Issuance of common shares 

  Repurchase of common shares (note 20) 
  Defined benefit plan actuarial losses, net of tax recovery 

  Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

  Accumulated 
other 

Total 
Retained  comprehensive  shareholders’ 
equity
 income 
earnings 

Share 
capital 

$ 1,553,463 

$  910,835 

$  124,369 

$ 2,588,667

— 
— 

— 

  323,191 
— 

  323,191 

— 
88,809 

88,809 

323,191
88,809

412,000

— 
— 
 764 
 (91,233) 
— 

(108,757) 
(49,333) 
— 
(68,981) 
(1,679) 

(90,469) 

(228,750) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
1,679 

1,679 

(108,757)
(49,333)
764
(160,214)
—

(317,540)

Balance at December 31, 2011 

$ 1,462,994 

$ 1,005,276 

$  214,857 

$ 2,683,127

Balance at January 1, 2010(1)   
Comprehensive income:
  Net income  
  Other comprehensive income 

  Total comprehensive income  

Transactions recognized directly in equity:
  Quarterly dividends on common shares(2) 
  Repurchase of common shares (note 20) 
  Defined benefit plan actuarial losses, net of tax recovery 
Impact from adjustments of prior period financing costs(1) 

  Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

Accumulated 
other 
Retained  comprehensive 
 income 
earnings 

Total 
shareholders’ 
equity

Share 
capital 

$ 1,734,376  

$  811,888 

$ 

96,924 

$ 2,643,188

— 
— 

— 

  347,982 
— 

  347,982 

— 
26,250 

26,250 

347,982
26,250

374,232

— 
(182,333) 
— 
1,420 

(104,531) 
(143,309) 
(1,195) 
— 

(180,913) 

(249,035) 

— 
— 
1,195 
— 

1,195 

(104,531)
(325,642)
—
1,420

(428,753)

Balance at December 31, 2010(1) 

$ 1,553,463 

$  910,835 

$  124,369 

$ 2,588,667

(1)  Refer to note 24 for the effects of adopting IFRSs.
(2) 

 The Company paid dividends of $0.26 per common share in the first, second and third quarters of 2011 and $0.29 per common share in the fourth quarter of 2011 ($0.22 per common share 
in the first, second and third quarters of 2010 and $0.26 per common share in fourth quarter of 2010).

(3)  The Company paid a special dividend of $0.50 per common share in the fourth quarter of 2011.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

38 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities:
  Net income 
  Adjustments for:

  Depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets  
  Expensing of deferred policy acquisition costs 

Income taxes 
Interest income 
  Dividend income 
  Net realized gains on sale of investments  
  Change in unrealized loss on FVTPL investments 

Interest expense 

  Guarantee fund earnings  

Issuance of common shares on vesting or exercise of share-based compensation 

Change in non-cash balances related to operations:
  Government guarantee fund 
  Accrued investment income and other receivables 
  Prepaid assets 
  Subrogation recoverable 
  Deferred policy acquisition costs 
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
  Loss reserves 
  Share-based compensation liabilities 
  Unearned premium reserves 
  Accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans  

Cash generated from (used in) operating activities:

Interest paid on long-term debt 
Interest received from bonds and debentures 
Income taxes paid 

  Dividends received from equity investments 

  Net cash generated from operating activities 
Investing activities:
  Purchase of short-term investments 
  Proceeds from sale of short-term investments 
  Purchase of bonds and debentures 
  Proceeds from sale of bonds and debentures 
  Purchase of equity investments 
  Proceeds from sale of equity investments 
  Purchase of property and equipment and intangible assets   

  Net cash used in investing activities 
Financing activities:
  Net proceeds from long-term debt issuance  
  Dividends paid 
  Repurchase of common shares 
  Proceeds from exercise of share-based compensation   

  Net cash used in financing activities 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

2011 

2010(1)

$  323,191 

$  347,982 

6,018 
47,278 
119,813 
(164,706) 
(8,935) 
(5,287) 
(1,878) 
22,884 
(2,834) 
764 

336,308 

(56,618) 
(8,583) 
(1,372) 
(66,164) 
(48,669) 
(1,410) 
(37,603) 
(2,242) 
(78,486) 
3,947 

39,108 

(22,856) 
174,704 
(132,808) 
8,935 

67,083 

(45,723) 
6,988 
(924,807) 
968,094 
(140,446) 
111,260 
(3,275) 

5,749
45,524
138,469
(173,512)
(2,816)
(3,735)
(3,806)
8,322
(3,692)
—

358,485 

(59,148)
(1,918)
998
(26,747)
(51,302)
16,559
(29,570)
3,744
(69,232)
2,895

144,764 

(7,232)
179,775
(257,940)
2,816

62,183 

(6,988)
253,527
  (1,044,282)
911,465
(193,117)
2,099
(2,553)

(27,909) 

(79,849)

— 
(158,090) 
(160,214) 
238 

(318,066) 

(278,892) 
351,136 

421,463 
(104,531)
(325,642)
—

(8,710)

(26,376)
377,512

$ 

72,244 

$  351,136

(1)  No significant presentation differences have been made to the statement of cash flows upon transition to IFRSs. Refer to note 24 for the effects of adopting IFRSs.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

1.  Reporting entity

Genworth MI Canada Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act on May 25, 2009 and 
is domiciled in Canada. Its shares are publicly traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “MIC.” The Company’s 
registered office is located at Suite 300, 2060 Winston Park Drive, Oakville, Ontario, L6H 5R7, Canada.

Genworth Financial Inc., a public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, indirectly holds approximately 57.5% of the 
common shares of the Company. 

The Company holds a 100% ownership interest in the holding companies Genworth Canada Holdings I Limited (“Holdings I”), 
Genworth Canada Holdings II Limited (“Holdings II”), and MIC Holdings C Company (“Cco”). The Company also holds an indirect 
100% ownership interest in Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada (“Genworth Mortgage Insurance Canada” or 
“the Insurance Subsidiary”) through Holdings I and Holdings II. These consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2011 
reflect the consolidation of the Company and these subsidiaries.

The Insurance Subsidiary is engaged in mortgage insurance in Canada and is regulated by the Office of the Superintendent of 
Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”), as well as financial services regulators in each province.

2.  Basis of preparation

(a)  Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The Company’s consolidated financial statements were 
previously prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“Canadian GAAP”). Canadian GAAP 
differs in some areas from IFRSs. In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management has amended certain 
accounting and measurement methods previously applied in the Canadian GAAP financial statements to comply with IFRSs. The 
comparative figures for 2010 have been restated to reflect these adjustments. The initial adoption of IFRS accounting policies 
generally requires retrospective application to determine the Company’s opening statement of financial position under IFRSs. 
However, IFRS 1 – First‑time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”) provides a number of elective 
exemptions and mandatory exceptions to this general principle. In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management 
has elected selected transitional exemptions.

The effect of the transition to IFRSs is disclosed in note 24 with reconciliations and descriptions of the impact of transition from 
Canadian GAAP to IFRSs on the Company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. 

These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on February 23, 2012.

(b)  Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in 
the consolidated statement of financial position:

(i)  Available for sale (“AFS”) and Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) financial assets are measured at fair value;

(ii)   Real estate and other assets recorded as subrogation recoverable are measured at the fair value of the asset at the reporting 

date less costs for obtaining and realizing the asset;

(iii)  The government guarantee fund, which is comprised of net AFS financial assets, is measured at fair value;

(iv)  Accrued benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans are recognized at the present value of the defined benefit obligations; 

(v)  Liabilities for cash-settled share-based compensation are measured at fair value; and

(vi)  Loss reserves are discounted and include an actuarial margin for adverse deviation.

(c)  Functional and presentation currency

 These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s functional currency. All financial 
information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand, except per share amounts.

40 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

(d)  Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial 
statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the year. Actual results may differ from estimates made. 
See note 5 for a description of the significant judgments and estimates made by the Company.

3.  Significant accounting policies

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations

 For acquisitions on or after January 1, 2010, the Company measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the fair value of 
consideration transferred less the net recognized amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 As part of its transition to IFRSs, the Company elected not to restate its business combinations that occurred prior to January 1, 
2010. In respect of these acquisitions, goodwill represents the amount recognized under the Company’s previous accounting 
framework.

(ii)  Subsidiaries

 Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated 
financial statements from the date that control commences until the date control ceases. Intra-group balances and transactions 
are eliminated in preparing consolidated financial statements.

(b)  Insurance contracts

The items in the Company’s consolidated financial statements that are derived from insurance contracts are premiums, losses on 
claims, deferred policy acquisition costs, and subrogation recoveries. Each of these items is described below.

(i)  Premiums written, premiums earned and unearned premium reserves

 Premiums written are recorded net of risk premiums related to the terms of the Government Guarantee Agreement (note 10).

 Mortgage insurance premiums are deferred and then taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related policies. 
The unearned portion of premiums is included in the liability for unearned premium reserves. The majority of policies to date 
have been written for terms of 25 to 35 years. The rates or formulae under which premiums are earned relate to the loss 
emergence pattern in each year of coverage. The Company performs actuarial studies of its multi-year loss experience on a 
quarterly basis and adjusts the formulae under which premiums are earned in accordance with the results of such studies. This 
includes adjustments to earnings from premium written in respect of prior periods. 

 A premium deficiency provision, if required, is determined as the excess of the present value of expected future losses on 
claims and expenses (including policy maintenance expenses) on policies in force (using an appropriate discount rate) over 
unearned premium reserves. 

(ii)  Losses on claims and loss reserves

 Losses on claims include internal and external claims adjustment expenses and are recorded net of amounts received or 
expected to be received from recoveries. 

 Loss reserves represent the amount needed to provide for the expected ultimate net cost of settling claims including 
adjustment expenses related to defaults by borrowers (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before 
each reporting date. Loss reserves are discounted to take into account the time value of money. The Company records a 
supplemental provision for adverse deviation based on an explicit margin for adverse deviation determined by the Company’s 
actuary.

 Loss reserves are derecognized after a claim has been paid and the Company’s obligation under the policy has been fulfilled, or 
after a borrower has remedied a delinquent loan and management estimates that no loss will be incurred under the policy.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

(iii)  Deferred policy acquisition costs

 Deferred policy acquisition costs are comprised of premium taxes, appraisal costs, certain employee compensation, and other 
expenses that relate directly to acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. Policy acquisition costs related to unearned 
premiums are deferred to the extent that they can be expected to be recovered from the unearned premium reserves and are 
expensed in proportion to and over the periods in which the premiums are earned. 

(iv)  Subrogation recoveries and subrogation recoverable

 Real estate and other collateral acquired as a result of settling claims are carried in subrogation recoverable at the fair value of 
the collateral less costs for obtaining and realizing the collateral.

 Estimated borrower recoveries related to claims paid and loss reserves are recognized in subrogation recoverable net of 
estimated administrative fees associated with collection.

(c)  Financial instruments

The Company recognizes financial assets on the trade date, at which the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the financial asset contract.

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers 
the rights to receive contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the 
Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the statement of financial position when the Company 
has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously.

(i)  Cash and cash equivalents

 Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of deposits in banks, treasury bills, and highly liquid investments, with original 
maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value.

The Company has classified its financial assets as financial assets at FVTPL and AFS financial assets as described below:

(ii)  Financial assets at FVTPL

A financial asset is classified as FVTPL if it is considered to be held for trading or it is designated as such upon initial recognition.

The Company’s financial assets at FVTPL are its European Credit Luxembourg bonds. 

 The issuer of the European Credit Luxembourg bonds uses the net proceeds of the offering to buy fixed income investments 
of European origin and credit risk. The result is a diversified portfolio of European fixed income investments. Since the bond 
collateral is likely to contain embedded derivatives which are not readily identifiable, the investments are considered to be held 
for trading and have been classified as FVTPL at initial recognition. The European Credit Luxembourg bonds were sold during 
the year ended December 31, 2011.

 FVTPL financial assets are recorded at fair value with realized gains and losses on sale and changes in the fair value recorded in 
investment income. Transaction costs related to FVTPL financial assets are recognized in income as incurred.

42 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)  AFS financial assets

 AFS financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as AFS and are not classified in any other specific 
financial asset category. The Company classifies bonds and debentures, including bonds and debentures in the government 
guarantee fund, short-term investments, equity investments, and cash and cash equivalents in the AFS financial asset category. 
These financial assets are designated as and qualified to be AFS because they are traded in an active market.

 AFS financial assets are recorded at fair value with changes in the fair value of these assets recorded in other comprehensive 
income. Cumulative realized gains and losses on sale and cumulative realized gains and losses on AFS instrument derecognition, as 
well as impairment losses are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income and recorded on investment income.

Transaction costs are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the AFS financial assets. 

(iv)  Securities lending

 Securities lending transactions are entered into on a collateralized basis. The transfer of the securities themselves is not 
derecognized on the statement of financial position given that the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred from the 
Company to the counterparties in the course of such transactions. The securities are reported separately on the consolidated 
statement of financial position on the basis that counterparties may resell or re-pledge the securities during the time that the 
securities are in their possession.

 Securities received from counterparties as collateral are not recorded on the consolidated statement of financial position given 
that the risk and rewards of ownership are not transferred from the counterparties to the Company in the course of such 
transactions and because cash collateral is not permitted as an acceptable form of collateral under the program.

(v)  Interest income

 Interest income from fixed income investments including bonds and debentures is recognized on an accrual basis using the 
effective interest method and reported as interest in investment income. 

 Lending fees received under the Company’s securities lending program are recognized on an accrual basis and reported as 
interest in investment income.

 Interest income from impaired fixed income investments is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future 
cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. Such interest is recognized only if the Company expects the 
interest to be received based on the financial condition of the fixed income investment issuer.

(vi)  Dividend income

 Dividends on equity investments are recognized when the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established, which is the 
ex-dividend date, and are reported as dividends in investment income.

(vii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

 All non-derivative financial liabilities are recognized initially on the date that the Company becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the financial instrument.

 The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.

 The Company classifies all non-derivative financial liabilities into the Other Financial Liabilities category. Such financial liabilities 
are recognized initially at fair value along with any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these 
financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. 

 Non-derivative financial liabilities are comprised of the Company’s long-term debt (note 21) and accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities including balances due to the Company’s majority shareholder and companies under common control (note 12).

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

(d)  Property and equipment

(i)  Recognition and measurement

 Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes 
all expenditures that are directly attributable to acquiring the asset and preparing it for its intended use.

 When parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major 
components) of property and equipment.

 Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal 
with the carrying amount of the property and equipment, and are recognized on a net basis in income. 

 The Company classifies computer software that is part of an operating system or is an integral part of related hardware as 
property and equipment.

(ii)  Subsequent costs

 Property and equipment replacements are recognized in the carrying amount of property and equipment if they embody future 
economic benefit to the Company and the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of day-to-day 
servicing of property and equipment are expensed as incurred.

(iii)  Depreciation

 Depreciation on property and equipment, except for leasehold improvements, is recognized in income on a straight-line basis 
over the estimated useful lives of each component of an item of property and equipment from the date it is available for use. 
Straight-line depreciation most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied 
in the property and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the terms of the related leases. 

 The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows:

Computer software 
Computer hardware and other 
Furniture and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

(e)  Intangible assets

Goodwill

  3–5 years
3 years
5 years
Term of related lease

Goodwill arises upon the acquisition of subsidiaries. See note 3(a)(i) for the policy on measurement of goodwill on initial recognition. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. See note 3(f)(ii) for the policy 
on measurement of impairment losses on non-financial assets.

Other intangible assets

(i)  Recognition and measurement

 Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. The Company’s 
intangible assets consist of computer application software that is not an integral part of related hardware. 

(ii)  Subsequent expenditures

 Subsequent expenditures that increase application software functionality are recognized in the carrying amount of intangible 
assets if they embody future economic benefit to the Company. All other costs including the costs of day-to-day servicing of 
intangible assets are expensed as incurred.

(iii)  Amortization

 Amortization is recognized in expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date that 
they are available for use, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits 
embodied in the assets. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods range from three years to five years.

44 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f) 

Impairment

(i) 

Impairment of financial assets

 A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence 
that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial 
recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can 
be estimated reliably.

 Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired include default or delinquency by the debtor, indications that the issuer of 
a security will enter bankruptcy, economic conditions that correlate with defaults or the disappearance of an active market for a 
security, a significant prolonged decline in fair value of an equity security below its cost, or lack of intent to hold the investment 
for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery.

 Impairment losses on AFS financial assets are recognized by reclassifying losses accumulated in other comprehensive income 
(“AOCI”) to income. The cumulative loss that is reclassified from AOCI to income is the difference between the acquisition 
cost, net of any principal repayment and amortization, and the current fair value, less any impairment loss recognized previously 
in income. Changes in impairment provisions attributable to application of the effective interest method are reflected as a 
component of investment income. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired AFS debt security increases and 
the increase can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in income, then the 
impairment loss is reversed, with the amount of the reversal recognized in income. However, any subsequent recovery in fair 
value of an impaired AFS equity security is recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”).

(ii)  Impairment of non-financial assets

 The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting period to determine whether there 
is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. An impairment loss is 
recognized if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis regardless of whether an indication of impairment exists. 

 For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, the comparison of estimated recoverable amount to carrying amount is performed 
on the Company’s single cash generating unit (“CGU”), which is its mortgage insurance business.

 The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less expected selling costs. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses are recognized 
in income in the period in which the impairment is determined. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro 
rata basis. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 The assessment of impairment of non-financial assets excludes assessment of deferred policy acquisition costs. The ability 
of the Company to recover its deferred policy acquisition costs is assessed as part of the Company’s overall insurance liability 
adequacy testing. In the event that a provision for premium deficiency is required based on this test, the deferred policy 
acquisition cost asset is reduced with a corresponding charge recognized as deferred policy acquisition expense.

(g)  Income taxes

Income taxes are comprised of current and deferred taxes. Current and deferred income taxes associated with items recognized in 
equity are recognized directly in equity. Taxes on fair value gains and losses included in OCI are charged or credited directly to OCI. 
Otherwise, except to the extent that they relate to a business combination, current and deferred income taxes are recognized in 
income.

(i)  Current tax

 Current income taxes are recognized for estimated income taxes payable or recoverable for the current year and any 
adjustments to taxes payable in respect of prior years. The tax rates and laws used to compute these amounts are those that 
are enacted or substantively enacted at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Current income taxes payable and 
current income taxes recoverable are offset when they relate to income taxes imposed by the same taxation authority for the 
same legal entity and the taxation authority permits making or receiving a single net payment.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

(ii)  Deferred tax

 Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. 

 Deferred tax is not recognized for temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that 
is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable income or loss, temporary differences related 
to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future, and taxable 
temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

 Deferred taxes are measured using currently enacted or substantively enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income in the periods in which the temporary differences reverse. The most significant temporary differences relate to policy 
reserves and the government guarantee fund.

 Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that 
it is probable the Company will have sufficient taxable income against which they can be used. The deferred tax assets are 
reviewed each reporting period and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the benefit arising from the 
deductible temporary difference will be realized.

 Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and 
assets and they relate to income taxes imposed by the same taxation authority for the same legal entity. 

(h)  Employee benefits

(i)  Defined contribution pension plan

 The defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into the 
plan (that is a separate legal entity) for the benefit of its employees and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay 
further amounts. The obligation for contributions to the defined contribution pension plan is recognized as an expense in the 
period during which services are provided by employees.

(ii)  Defined benefit plans

 A defined benefit plan is a post-employment plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company maintains two defined 
benefit plans: a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) and a plan for other non-pension post-employment benefits. 
The Company’s obligation in respect of each plan is calculated separately. For each plan, the Company has adopted the 
following policies:

 Actuarial valuations of benefit liabilities for pension and other post-employment benefit plans are performed as at December 31 
of each year using the projected unit credit method based on management’s assumptions on the discount rate, rate of 
compensation increase, retirement age, mortality and the trend in the health care cost rate. Obligations for the SERP are 
attributed to the period beginning on the employee’s date of joining the plan and ending on the earlier of termination, death 
or retirement. Obligations for other non-pension post-employment benefits are attributed to the period beginning on the 
employee’s date of hire to the date the employee reaches the age of 55 and is entitled to benefits under the plan.

 All actuarial gains and losses at January 1, 2010, the date of transition to IFRSs, were recognized in retained earnings. 
Subsequent actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations 
are recognized in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise, and reported in retained earnings. 

 Prior service costs arising from plan amendments are recognized in expense over the employee benefit vesting period or in the 
period in which the plan amendments are introduced if immediately vested.

 Settlements occur when benefit liabilities for plan participants are settled, usually through lump sum cash payments, and as 
a result the Company no longer has a liability to provide the affected employees with benefit payments in the future. The 
Company recognizes gains or losses on settlement of a defined benefit obligation when the settlement occurs. The gain or loss 
is comprised of any change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation and any changes in actuarial gains and losses 
that had not been previously recognized.

46 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)  Short-term employee benefits

 Short-term employee benefit obligations, including the Company’s short-term bonus, are measured on an undiscounted basis 
and are expensed as the related service is provided. 

(iv)  Share-based compensation

 The Company’s share-based awards include stock options with tandem stock appreciation rights (“Options”), Restricted Share 
Units (“RSUs”), Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) and Directors’ Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”). Recipients of these awards 
are entitled to the option of settlement in cash or shares of the Company. 

 The fair value of Options, RSUs, PSUs and DSUs is recognized as compensation expense over the relevant vesting period, 
with a corresponding entry to share-based compensation liabilities. The liability is re-measured at each reporting date and 
the settlement date. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as compensation expense. Share-based 
compensation is reclassified from liability to equity if employees choose shares when these awards vest.

 Options are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. RSUs, PSUs and DSUs are measured at fair value 
using the quoted market price of the Company’s shares at the end of each reporting period. 

 RSUs, PSUs, and DSUs may participate in dividend equivalents at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. Dividend 
equivalents are calculated based on the fair value of the Company’s shares on the date the dividend equivalents are credited to 
the RSU, PSU or DSU account and are recorded as additional compensation expense.

 Share-based awards are recorded as expense only to the extent that management expects such awards to vest based on 
service and performance conditions attached to the share-based awards.

(i)  Share capital

Common shares are classified as equity on the consolidated statement of financial position. Incremental costs directly attributable 
to the issue of common shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

(j)  Foreign currency translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to Canadian dollars at the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated to Canadian dollars at period end rates. Foreign currency 
differences arising on translation are recognized in income.

(k)  Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share for its common shares. Basic earnings per share are calculated by 
dividing the Company’s net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted 
earnings per share are determined by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive 
potential shares, which are comprised of share-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors of the Company.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

4.  Future changes in accounting policies

(a)  IAS 1 – Presentation of financial statements (“IAS 1”)

In June 2011, the IASB published amendments to the requirements for presentation of items of OCI in IAS 1. The amendments 
require that an entity present separately the items of OCI that may be reclassified to income in the future from those that would 
never be reclassified to income. Entities will continue to have a choice of whether to present components of OCI before or after 
tax. Those that present components of OCI before tax will be required to disclose the amount of tax related to the two groups 
separately. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012 and is to be applied retrospectively. 
Early adoption is permitted.

This amendment will have minimal impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(b)  IAS 19 – Employee benefits (“IAS 19”)

In June 2011, the IASB published an amended version of IAS 19. The amendments require:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

the	elimination	of	the	corridor	method	with	actuarial	gains	and	losses	recognized	immediately	in	OCI;

recognition	of	prior	service	costs	in	full	immediately	in	income;

	the	expected	return	on	plan	assets	recognized	in	income	to	be	calculated	based	on	the	rate	used	to	discount	the	defined	
benefit obligation;

	additional	disclosures	that	explain	the	characteristics	of	the	entity’s	defined	benefit	plans	and	risks	associated	with	them,	as	well	
as disclosures that describe how defined benefit plans may affect the amount, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows; and

	the	recognition	of	termination	benefits	at	the	earlier	of	when	the	entity	recognizes	costs	for	a	restructuring	within	the	scope	
of IAS 37 – Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets and when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the 
termination benefits.

The amendment is effective for annual periods on or after January 1, 2013 and is to be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is 
permitted.

Upon IFRS transition on January 1, 2010 (note 24), the Company has elected to recognize actuarial gains and losses immediately in 
OCI. Furthermore, the Company has recognized all prior service costs to date fully in income as the prior service costs were fully 
vested at the date of transition. The Company’s recognition of defined benefit plans is not impacted by changes in the calculation 
of expected return on plan assets as its defined benefit plans are unfunded. The only impact from this amendment to the Company 
upon adoption of the revised standard will be the requirement for additional disclosure related to its defined benefit plans.

(c)  IFRS 13 – Fair value measurement (“IFRS 13”)

In May 2011, the IASB published IFRS 13 as a replacement of the fair value measurement guidance contained in individual IFRSs. 
IFRS 13 explains how to measure fair value when it is required or permitted by other IFRSs but the standard does not introduce 
new requirements to measure assets or liabilities at fair value, nor does it eliminate the practicability exceptions to fair value 
measurements that currently exist in certain standards.

IFRS 13 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date (i.e. an exit price). The standard requires the fair value hierarchy, which was 
introduced by IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments – Disclosures, to be applied to all fair value measurements, including non-financial 
assets and liabilities that are measured at or based on fair value in the statement of financial position. IFRS 13 also expands 
disclosure requirements for fair value measurements to provide information that enables financial statement users to assess the 
methods and inputs used to develop fair value measurements and, for recurring fair value measurements that use significant 
unobservable inputs, the effect of the measurements on income or OCI.

IFRS 13 is applicable prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted.

The adoption of IFRS 13 may result in additional disclosure to the Company relating to inputs used to develop fair value 
measurements.

48 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

(d)  Scope of the reporting entity and consolidation

In May 2011, the IASB published five new and revised standards that address the scope of the reporting entity and consolidation. 
The new standards are IFRS 10 – Consolidated financial statements (“IFRS 10”), IFRS 11 – Joint arrangements (“IFRS 11”) and 
IFRS 12 – Disclosure of interests in other entities (“IFRS 12”). The revised standards are IAS 28 – Investments in associates and 
joint ventures (“IAS 28”) and IAS 27 – Consolidated and separate financial statements (“IAS 27”).

(i) 

 IFRS 10 introduces a single consolidation model that uses the same criteria to determine control for entities of all types, 
irrespective of whether the investee is controlled by voting rights or other contractual arrangements. The principle that a 
consolidated entity presents a parent and its subsidiaries as a single entity remains unchanged, as do the mechanics of 
consolidation. IFRS 10 supersedes existing guidance under IAS 27 and SIC-12 – Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities.

(ii)   IFRS 11 establishes principles for financial reporting by parties to a joint arrangement, and only differentiates between joint 
operations and joint ventures. The option to apply proportionate consolidation when accounting for joint ventures has been 
eliminated. Equity accounting is now required in accordance with IAS 28. IFRS 11 supersedes existing guidance under  
IAS 31 – Interests in joint ventures and SIC-13 – Jointly controlled entities – non‑monetary contributions by venturers.

(iii)   IFRS 12 sets out the disclosure requirements under IFRS 10, IFRS 11, and IAS 28. The enhanced disclosures in the new 

standard are intended to help financial statement users evaluate the nature, risks and financial effects of an entity’s interests in 
subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities.

(iv)   IAS 28 has been amended in accordance with the changes to accounting for joint ventures in IFRS 11. The amended standard 
prescribes the accounting for investments in associates and provides guidance on the application of the equity method when 
accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures.

(v)   IAS 27 has been amended to provide guidance on the accounting and disclosure requirements for investments in subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures when an entity prepares separate financial statements. The amended standard requires an entity 
preparing separate financial statements to account for investments at cost or in accordance with IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments.

 These standards are applicable for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted so long 
as all of these new standards and changes in the existing standards are applied at the same time.

 The adoption of these standards and amendments of standards will result in additional disclosure requirements for the 
Company. There will be no change to the Company’s current requirements to consolidate subsidiaries or changes in methods 
of consolidation applied.

(e)  IFRS 9 – Financial instruments (“IFRS 9”)

In November 2009 the IASB issued IFRS 9 (IFRS 9 (2009)) and in October 2010 the IASB published amendments to IFRS 9 
(IFRS 10 (2010)). 

IFRS 9 (2009) replaces the guidance in IAS 39 – Financial instruments – recognition and measurement (“IAS 39”), on the 
classification and measurement of financial assets. The Standard eliminates the existing IAS 39 categories of held to maturity, 
available-for-sale and loans and receivables. Financial assets will be classified into one of two categories on initial recognition:

•	 financial	assets	measured	at	amortized	cost;	or

•	 financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value.

Gains and losses on remeasurement of financial assets measured at fair value will be recognized in income, except that for an 
investment in an equity instrument which is not held-for-trading, IFRS 9 (2009) provides, on initial recognition, an irrevocable 
election to present all fair value changes from the investment in OCI. The election is available on an individual share-by-share basis. 
Amounts presented in OCI will not be reclassified to income at a later date.

IFRS 9 (2010) added guidance to IFRS 9 (2009) on the classification and measurement of financial liabilities, and this guidance is 
consistent with the guidance in IAS 39 except as described below.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

49

 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

4.  Future changes in accounting policies (continued)

Under IFRS 9 (2010), for financial liabilities measured at fair value under the fair value option, changes in fair value attributable 
to changes in credit risk will be recognized in OCI, with the remainder of the change recognized in income. However, if this 
requirement creates or enlarges an accounting mismatch in income, the entire change in fair value will be recognized in income. 
Amounts presented in OCI will not be reclassified to income at a later date.

IFRS 9 (2010) also requires derivative liabilities that are linked to and must be settled by delivery of an unquoted equity instrument 
to be measured at fair value, whereas such derivative liabilities are measured at cost under IAS 39.

IFRS 9 (2010) also added the requirements of IAS 39 for the derecognition of financial assets and liabilities to IFRS 9 without 
revision to these requirements.

The IASB has deferred the mandatory effective date of the existing chapters of IFRS 9 to annual periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2015. 

IFRS 9, when initially applied, will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements, since it will be required to 
be applied retrospectively. The Company is not able at this time to estimate reasonably the impact that IFRS 9 will have on the 
financial statements.

(f) 

IFRS 7 – Financial instruments – disclosures (“IFRS 7”)

In October 2010 the IASB issued Amendments to IFRS 7 Disclosures – Transfers of financial assets.

The amendments to IFRS 7 require disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements:

•	

	to	understand	the	relationship	between	transferred	financial	assets	that	are	not	derecognized	in	their	entirety	and	the	
associated liabilities; and

•	

to	evaluate	the	nature	of,	and	risks	associated	with,	the	entity’s	continuing	involvement	in	derecognized	financial	assets.

The amendments define “continuing involvement” for the purposes of applying the disclosure requirements.

The amendments to IFRS 7 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2012.

The application of the amendments to IFRS 7 may result in additional disclosure to the Company relating to transfers of financial 
assets under its securities lending program.

(g)  Amendments to IAS 32 and IFRS 7 – Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

In December 2011, the IASB published Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities and issued new disclosure requirements 
in IFRS 7.

The amendments to IAS 32 – Financial instruments – disclosure (“IAS 32”) clarify that an entity currently has a legally enforceable 
right to set-off if that right is:

•	 not	contingent	on	a	future	event;	and

•	

	enforceable	both	in	the	normal	course	of	business	and	in	the	event	of	default,	insolvency	or	bankruptcy	of	the	entity	and	all	
counterparties.

The amendments to IAS 32 also clarify when a settlement mechanism provides for net settlement or gross settlement that is 
equivalent to net settlement.

The amendments to IFRS 7 contain new disclosure requirements for financial assets and liabilities that are:

•	 offset	in	the	statement	of	financial	position;	or

•	 subject	to	master	netting	arrangements	or	similar	arrangements.

The effective date for the amendments to IAS 32 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The effective date 
for the amendments to IFRS 7 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. These amendments are to be applied 
retrospectively.

The Company does not expect the amendments to IAS 32 to have a material impact on the financial statements. The amendments 
to IFRS 7 may result in additional disclosure to the Company related to assets and liabilities that are offset in the Company’s 
financial statements.

50 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

5.  Significant judgments and estimates

(a)  Judgments

Significant judgments made in applying accounting policies are as follows:

Objective evidence of impairment of AFS financial assets.

 As of each balance sheet date, the Company evaluates AFS financial assets in an unrealized loss position for objective evidence of 
impairment.

 For investments in bonds and debentures, evaluation of whether impairment has occurred is based on the Company’s best 
estimate of the cash flows expected to be collected at the individual investment level. The Company considers all available 
information relevant to the collectability of the investment, including information about past events, current conditions, and 
reasonable and supportable forecasts. Estimating such cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates 
information received from third party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future 
performance of any underlying collateral for asset-backed investments. Where possible, this data is benchmarked against third 
party sources. Impairments for bonds and debentures in an unrealized loss position are deemed to exist when the Company does 
not expect full recovery of the amortized cost of the investment based on the estimate of cash flows expected to be collected or 
when the Company intends to sell the investment prior to recovery from its unrealized loss position. 

 For equity investments, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in the period in which it is determined that an investment 
has experienced significant or prolonged losses and is not expected to recover its cost within a reasonable period. The Company 
determines what constitutes a reasonable period on an investment-by-investment basis based upon consideration of all the 
evidence available, including the magnitude of an unrealized loss and its duration. In any event, this period does not exceed 
eighteen months.

(b)  Estimates

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a risk of resulting in material adjustment within the next 
twelve months are as follows:

(i)  Premiums earned

 Mortgage insurance premiums are deferred and then taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related policies. 
The rates or formulae under which premiums are earned relate to the loss emergence pattern in each year of coverage. In 
order to match premiums earned to losses on claims, premiums written are recognized as premiums earned using a factor-
based premium recognition curve. In constructing the premium recognition curve, the Company applies actuarial forecasting 
techniques to historical loss data to determine expected loss development and the related loss emergence pattern. The 
actuarial forecasting techniques incorporate economic assumptions that impact future losses and loss development including 
unemployment rates, interest rates and expected changes in house prices. The premium recognition curve is reviewed 
quarterly based on the most current available historical loss data and economic assumptions and updated as required. See 
note 6(a) for disclosure of the impact of the current and comparative periods’ premium recognition curve updates. 

(ii)  Losses

 Loss reserves represent the amount needed to provide for the expected ultimate net cost of settling claims including 
adjustment expenses related to defaults by borrowers (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before the 
balance sheet date. Loss reserves are discounted to take into account the time value of money and include a supplemental 
provision for adverse deviation. Loss reserves are recognized when the first scheduled mortgage payment is missed by 
a mortgage borrower. In determining the ultimate claim amount, the Company estimates the expected recovery from the 
property securing the insured loan and the legal, property maintenance and other loss adjustment expenses incurred in the 
claim settlement process. Loss reserves consist of individual case reserves, Incurred But Not Reported (“IBNR”) reserves and 
supplemental loss reserves for potential adverse deviation.

 For the purpose of quantifying case reserves, the Company analyzes each reported delinquent loan on a case-by-case basis and 
establishes a case reserve based on the expected loss, if any. The ultimate expected claim amount is influenced significantly 
by housing market conditions, changes in property values, and the condition of properties in default. Accordingly, case reserves 
include a provision for adverse development, primarily to address potential decline in property values.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

51

 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

5.  Significant judgments and estimates (continued)

 The Company establishes reserves for IBNR based on the reporting lag from the date of first missed payment to the reporting 
date for mortgages in default that have not been reported to the Company. IBNR is calculated using estimates of expected 
claim frequency and claim severity based on the most current available historical loss data. 

 In order to discount loss reserves to present value, the Company’s actuary determines a discount rate based on the book yield 
of the Company’s general investment portfolio. 

 The Company’s actuary develops a margin for adverse deviation based on assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s 
loss reserves (derived from an independent calculation of the reserves) and with reference to the current and future expected 
condition of the Canadian housing market and its impact on the expected development of losses. The Company determines a 
supplemental provision for adverse deviation (“PFAD”) based on the margin developed by the actuary.

 The process for the establishment of loss reserves relies on the judgment and opinions of a number of individuals, on 
historical precedent and trends, on prevailing legal and economic trends and on expectations as to future developments. This 
process involves risks that actual results will deviate, perhaps substantially, from the best estimates made. These risks vary in 
proportion to the length of the estimation period and the volatility of each component comprising the liability. 

(iii)  Subrogation recoverable

 The Company estimates the fair value of real estate owned included in subrogation recoverable based on third party property 
appraisals or other types of third party valuations deemed to be more appropriate for a particular property.

 The Company estimates borrower recoveries related to claims paid and loss reserves included in subrogation recoverable based 
on historical recovery experience.

(iv)  Deferred policy acquisition costs

 Deferred policy acquisition costs are comprised of premium taxes, appraisal costs, certain employee compensation, and other 
expenses that relate directly to acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. Deferred policy acquisition costs are deferred 
and expensed in proportion to and over the periods in which premiums are earned. The Company estimates expenses eligible 
for deferral based on the nature of expenses incurred and results of time and activity studies performed to identify the portion 
of time the Company’s employees incur in the acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. 

(v)  Utilization of tax losses

 As at December 31, 2011, the Company has recognized $9,900 of tax losses (December 31, 2010 – $2,336; January 1, 2010 – 
nil). Management considers it probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these tax losses can be utilized.

(vi)  Share-based compensation

 Stock options (“Options”) are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Inputs to the Black-Scholes 
valuation model are share price on the measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility, weighted 
average expected life of the instrument, expected dividend yield and the risk-free rate. Expected volatility is estimated based 
on the mean volatility of the general index of Canadian financial companies and the Company’s average historical volatility. The 
volatility of Canadian financial companies is used to supplement the volatility calculation given the Company has limited share 
price history. The weighted average expected life of the instrument is estimated based on historical experience of affiliated 
companies. Dividend yield is estimated based on historical dividends and the Company’s long-term expectations. Risk-free rate 
is determined with reference to Government of Canada bonds. 

 Service and performance conditions attached to Options, RSUs and PSUs are not taken into account in determining fair value. 
However, the Company records share-based compensation expense only to the extent that the share-based awards are 
expected to vest based on management’s best estimate of the outcome of the service and performance conditions. 

(vii) Employee future benefits

 Actuarial valuations of benefit liabilities for pension and other post-employment benefit plans are performed as at December 31 
of each year based on the Company’s assumptions on the discount rate, rate of compensation increase, retirement age, mortality 
and the trend in the health care cost rate. The discount rate is determined by the Company with reference to AA credit-rated 
bonds that have maturity dates approximating the Company’s obligation terms at period end and are denominated in the same 
currency as the benefit obligations. Other assumptions are determined with reference to long-term expectations. 

52 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

Insurance contracts

(a)  Premiums and unearned premium reserves

Changes in unearned premium reserves recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position and their impact on net 
premiums earned are as follows:

Unearned premium reserves, beginning of year 
Net premiums written during the year 
Net premium earned during the year   

Unearned premium reserves, end of year  

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$ 1,902,164 
533,400 
(611,886) 

$ 1,971,396
551,602
(620,834)

$ 1,823,678 

$ 1,902,164

Gross premiums written of $544,577 for the year ended December 31, 2011 (year ended December 31, 2010 – $564,415) are 
recorded net of risk premiums related to the Government Guarantee Agreement of $11,177 (December 31, 2010 – $12,813) in 
accordance with the requirement described in note 10.

The Company performs actuarial studies of its multi-year loss experience on a quarterly basis. These studies have indicated a change 
in the Company’s loss emergence pattern, reflecting a pattern of loss occurrence earlier in an insurance policy’s life. Changes in the 
loss emergence pattern have resulted in the corresponding acceleration of premium recognition for the years ended December 31, 
2011 and 2010. The cumulative impact of the experience updates for the year ended December 31, 2011 was an increase of earned 
premium and corresponding decrease in unearned premium reserves of $39,256 (December 31, 2010 – $48,454).

Key methodologies and assumptions

Premiums written are recognized as premiums earned using a factor-based premium recognition curve that is based on the 
Company’s expected loss emergence pattern. The principal assumption underlying the formation of the premium recognition curve 
is that the Company’s future claims development will follow a similar pattern to past claims emergence patterns. Approximately 
80% of the Company’s premiums written are recognized as premium earned within the first five years of policy inception based 
on the current premium recognition curve. A shift in the Company’s loss emergence pattern could change the timing of the 
Company’s recognition of earned premium and impact the Company’s financial performance for a period. The actuarial forecasting 
technique used to establish the loss emergence pattern also incorporates economic assumptions that impact future losses and loss 
development including unemployment rates, interest rates, and expected changes in house prices. There is inherent risk that future 
economic conditions could differ, perhaps significantly, from the best estimates made.

The Company’s actuary performs a liability adequacy test on the Company’s unearned premium reserves using a dynamic regression 
model that is in accordance with accepted actuarial practice. The purpose of the test is to ensure the unearned premium liability at 
year end is sufficient to pay for future claims and expenses that may arise from unexpired insurance contracts. The liability adequacy 
test for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 identified a surplus in the Company’s 
unearned premium reserves and thus no premium deficiency reserves are required at these reporting dates.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

6. 

Insurance contracts (continued)

(b)  Loss reserves

Loss reserves are comprised of the following:

Case reserves 
IBNR   
Discounting and provision for adverse deviation 

Total loss reserves 

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

$  123,289 
40,469 
5,250 

$  156,766 
43,523 
6,322 

$  187,815
41,359
7,007

$  169,008 

$  206,611 

$  236,181

Changes in loss reserves recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position and their impact on losses on claims are 
as follows:

Loss reserves, beginning of year 
Claims paid during the year 
Net losses on claims incurred during the year:

Losses on claims related to the current year 
Losses on claims related to prior years 

Loss reserves, end of year  

Claims development

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$  206,611 
(262,113) 

$  236,181
(235,980)

172,200 
52,310 

175,189
31,221

$  169,008 

$  206,611

Loss reserves are established to reflect an estimate of the ultimate cost of claim settlement as at the reporting date. Given the 
uncertainty in establishing the outstanding loss reserves, it is likely that the final outcome will be different than the original liability 
established. Claims development refers to the financial adjustment in the current period relating to claims incurred in previous 
periods because of new and more up to date information that has become available and to reflect changes in assumptions. The 
information is presented on a default year basis (claims are related to the period in which the insured event occurred and not the 
period in which the policy was underwritten).

54 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table demonstrates the development of the estimated loss reserves for the ten most recent default years. 

2001 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

Total

Development:

Claims incurred  

  at the end of  

  the default year  

$  30,991  $  34,523  $  35,262  $  43,825  $  52,845  $  70,994  $ 102,549  $ 148,493  $ 196,586  $ 175,189  $ 172,200  $ 

Claims incurred  

  one year later 

  15,204 

  10,557 

  18,968 

  22,727 

  29,670 

  46,971 

  106,468 

  200,807 

  218,890 

  193,820

Claims incurred  

  two years later 

  14,607 

9,684 

  21,355 

  21,397 

  30,542 

  54,352 

  112,224 

  204,706 

  247,663

Claims incurred  

  three years later 

   13,856 

  10,039 

  20,877 

  21,210 

  31,485 

  55,461 

  115,632 

  209,850

Claims incurred  

  four years later  

  13,828 

  10,004 

  20,868 

  21,001 

  31,431 

  56,072 

  115,816

Claims incurred  

  five years later 

  13,814 

  10,002 

  20,866 

  20,807 

  31,245 

  55,701

Current estimate  

  of claims incurred 

  13,814 

  10,002 

  20,866 

  20,807 

  31,245 

  55,701 

  115,816 

  209,850 

  247,663 

  193,820 

  172,200 

 1,091,784

Cumulative payments  

  to date  

  13,814 

  10,002 

  20,866 

  20,807 

  31,245 

  55,701 

  115,723 

  206,301 

  240,990 

  159,148 

  48,179 

  922,776

Current loss reserves    

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

93 

3,549 

6,673 

  34,672 

  124,021 

  169,008

Current estimate  

  of surplus  

(deficiency)  

$  17,177  $  24,521  $  14,396  $  23,018  $  21,600  $  15,293  $  (13,267)  $  (61,357)  $  (51,077)  $  (18,631)  $ 

—  $ 

—

% surplus (deficiency)  

  of initial gross  

loss reserve 

 55% 

71% 

41% 

53% 

41% 

22% 

(13)% 

 (41)% 

  (26)% 

  (11)% 

  — 

—

Conditions and trends that have affected the development of liabilities in the past may or may not occur in the future and, 
accordingly, conclusions about future results may not necessarily be derived from the information presented in the table above.

Key methodologies and assumptions

The establishment of loss reserves is based on known facts and interpretation of circumstances. The principal methodologies and 
assumptions underlying loss reserve estimates are as follows:

(i) 

 Claim frequency

 Claim frequency is the portion of delinquencies (both reported and unreported) that are expected to result in paid claims, after 
estimated cures have been removed. A cure is defined as a reported delinquency that closes with no claim payment or only 
nominal loss adjustment expenses. Claim frequency is influenced by labour market performance and changes in house prices. 
The Company estimates claim frequency for case reserves by analyzing individual reported delinquencies. The Company 
estimates claim frequency for IBNR by applying average delinquency-to-paid-claim ratios to historical reported delinquencies, 
derived from tracking and analyzing policyholder behaviour over time.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

6. 

Insurance contracts (continued)

(ii)   Claim severity

  Claim severity is influenced by the performance of the housing market and will increase in a period of property value declines. 
The Company estimates claim severity for case reserves by analyzing individual reported delinquencies, including obtaining 
valuations for the properties securing claims. The Company estimates claim severity for IBNR based on historical claim amounts.

 Variables that affect the determination of loss reserves are the receipt of additional claim information and other internal and 
external factors such as the performance of the housing market, changes in claims handling procedures, significant claim 
reporting lags, and uncertainties regarding the condition of properties at the time of initial loss reserve quantification.

Sensitivities

Sensitivity analyses are conducted to quantify the exposure to changes in key loss assumptions. The change in any key assumption 
will impact the Company’s performance and financial position for a period. The following sensitivity analyses are performed for 
reasonable possible movements in key loss assumptions with all other assumptions held constant, showing the impact on pre-
tax income and shareholders’ equity. The correlation of assumptions will have a significant effect in determining ultimate claims 
liabilities, but to demonstrate the impact due to changes in assumptions, assumptions had to be changed on an individual basis. It 
should be noted that movements in these assumptions are non-linear. 

  December 31, 2011 

  Sensitivity factor 

Claim frequency 

Claim severity 

  December 31, 2010 

  Sensitivity factor 

Claim frequency 

Claim severity 

(c)  Subrogation recoverable

The following table presents movement in subrogation recoverable during the year:

Subrogation recoverable, beginning of year 
Real estate assets acquired as a result of settling claims   
Change in market value for real estate on hand 
Real estate assets sold 
Estimated net borrower recoveries recognized 

Subrogation recoverable, end of year  

Impact on net 

Impact on 
Change in  income before  shareholders’ 
equity

income taxes 

  assumptions 

+10% 
-10% 
+10% 
-10% 

$ 

(34,088) 
34,088 
(34,088) 
34,088 

$ 

(24,543)
24,543
(24,543)
24,543

Change in 
assumptions 

Impact on net 
income before 
income taxes 

Impact on 
shareholders’ 
equity

+10% 
-10% 
+10% 
-10% 

$ 

(31,149) 
31,149 
(31,149) 
31,149 

$ 

(21,804)
21,804
(21,804)
21,804

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$ 

40,393 
220,647 
(13,270) 
(162,460) 
21,247 

$ 

13,646
86,982
(13,086)
(47,149)
—

$  106,557 

$ 

40,393

When claims are paid, the Company typically obtains a legally enforceable judgment against the borrowers for the amount of the loss 
incurred. The Company actively engages in collection activities to recover monies from the borrowers under the judgments. During the 
year ended December 31, 2011, management determined that there was sufficient historical experience of successful recoveries from 
borrowers in order to establish an expected recovery rate and to record a recovery accrual related to past claims paid and current loss 
reserves. This resulted in a $21,247 decrease to losses on claims and corresponding increase to subrogation recoverable. 

56 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)  Deferred policy acquisition costs

The following table presents movement in deferred policy acquisition costs and the impact on total expenses:

Deferred policy acquisition costs, beginning of year 

Policy acquisition costs deferred during the year 
Deferred policy acquisition costs expensed during the year 

Net change in deferred policy acquisition costs during the year 

Deferred policy acquisition costs, end of year  

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$  152,618 

$  146,840 

48,669 
(47,278) 

1,391 

51,302
(45,524)

5,778

$  154,009 

$  152,618

The Company’s quarterly actuarial studies of multi-year loss experience have resulted in acceleration of premium recognition. 
Expensing of deferred policy acquisitions costs is accelerated in proportion to the additional premiums recognized. The experience 
update for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in additional expensing of deferred policy acquisition costs of $2,857 
(December 31, 2010 – $3,348). 

7.  Financial risk management

(a)  Insurance risk

The Company is exposed to insurance risk from underwriting of mortgage insurance contracts. Mortgage insurance contracts 
transfer risk to the Company by indemnifying lending institutions against credit losses arising from borrower mortgage default. Under 
a mortgage insurance policy, a lending institution is insured against risk of loss for the entire unpaid principal balance of a loan plus 
interest, customary mortgage enforcement and selling costs, and expenses related to the sale of the underlying property. Insurance 
risk impacts the amount, timing and certainty of cash flows arising from insurance contracts. The insurance risk that the Company 
is exposed to is of a short-tail nature as the average duration of claims liabilities is 2.64 years (December 31, 2010 – 2.51 years; 
January 1, 2010 – 2.38 years). 

The Company’s risk management framework facilitates the identification and assessment of risks, and the ongoing monitoring and 
management of these risks. The objective of the framework and related internal control procedures is to ensure risks are within the 
Company’s defined risk appetite and tolerance and to achieve profitable underwriting results and other long-term financial goals. 
There have been no significant changes to the Company’s exposure to insurance risk or the framework used to monitor, evaluate 
and manage risks at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010.

The Company has identified pricing risk, underwriting risk, claims management risk, loss reserving risk, and insurance portfolio 
concentration risk as its most significant sources of insurance risk. Each of these risks is described separately below:

(i)  Pricing risk

 Pricing risk arises when actual claims experience differs from the assumptions included in pricing calculations. The Company’s 
premium rates vary with the perceived risk of a claim on an insured loan, which takes into account the Company’s long-term 
historical loss experience on loans with similar loan-to-value ratios, terms and types of mortgages, borrower credit histories and 
capital required to support the product. 

 Before the Company introduces a new product, it establishes specific performance targets, including delinquency rates 
and loss ratios, which the Company monitors frequently to identify any deviations from expected performance so that it 
can take corrective action when necessary. These performance targets are adjusted periodically to ensure they reflect the 
current environment.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

7.  Financial risk management (continued)

(ii)  Underwriting risk

 Underwriting risk is the risk that the Company’s underwriting function will underwrite mortgage insurance under terms that 
do not comply with the Company’s pre-established risk guidelines, resulting in inappropriate risk acceptance by the business. 
The underwriting results of the mortgage insurance business can fluctuate significantly due to the cyclicality of the Canadian 
mortgage market. The mortgage market is affected primarily by housing supply and demand, interest rates, and general 
economic factors including unemployment rates.

 The Company’s risk management function establishes risk guidelines based on the Company’s underwriting goals. The 
underwriting process enables assessment of high loan-to-value applications on a loan-by-loan basis, taking into account a broad 
range of factors and ensuring compliance with the risk guidelines. The risk guidelines are reviewed and updated regularly 
to manage the Company’s exposures and to address emerging trends in the housing market and economic environment. 
Authority levels for underwriting decisions are also assigned and monitored by the risk management function. Underwriters are 
given authority to approve mortgage insurance applications based on their experience and levels of proficiency. Underwriter 
performance is reviewed continuously to facilitate continuous improvement or remedial action where necessary.

(iii)  Claims management risk

 Claims management risk is the risk that loss mitigation efforts will be unsuccessful, resulting in larger than anticipated losses to 
the Company.

 Claims submitted by lending institutions are subject to the Company’s review, appraisal, and possible adjustment. Loss 
mitigation officers with the requisite degree of experience and competence have authority to approve claim payments up 
to a maximum dollar amount based on their experience and level of proficiency. The Company enforces a policy of actively 
managing and promptly settling claims in order to reduce exposure to unpredictable future developments that can adversely 
impact losses.

 The Company has two primary loss mitigation programs. The Homeowner Assistance Program is designed to help 
homeowners who are experiencing temporary financial difficulties that may prevent them from making timely payments on 
their mortgages. Initiatives currently employed under the Homeowner Assistance Program include capitalizing arrears, deferring 
payments for a specified period, arranging a partial payment plan, and increasing the mortgage amortization period. 

 The Asset Management Program is designed to accelerate the conveyance of real estate properties to the Company in select 
circumstances. This strategy allows for better control of the property marketing process, reduction of carrying costs and 
potential of realization of a higher property sales price. 

 In addition to its current loss mitigation programs in place, under its agreement with lending institutions, the Company has the 
right to recover losses from borrowers once a claim has been paid. The Company actively pursues such recoveries.

(iv)  Loss reserving risk

 Loss reserving risk is the risk that loss reserves differ significantly from the ultimate amount paid to settle claims, principally 
due to additional information received and external factors that influence claim frequency and severity (including performance of 
the Canadian housing market).

 The Company reviews its case reserves on an ongoing basis, updates the case reserves as appropriate and maintains a 
supplemental loss reserve for potential adverse development that may occur during the period from borrower default date to 
the claim settlement date. Management has established procedures to evaluate the appropriateness of loss reserves, which 
include a review of the loss reserves by the Company’s actuary at least annually.

58 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(v)  Insurance portfolio concentration risk

 A national or regional economic downturn may increase the likelihood that borrowers will not have sufficient income to pay 
their mortgages and can also adversely affect home values, which increases the severity of the Company’s losses. Portfolio 
concentration risk is the risk that losses increase disproportionately where portfolio diversification is inadequate. 

 The exposure to insurance portfolio concentration risk is mitigated by a portfolio that is diversified across geographic regions. 
The Company monitors the conditions of the housing market and economy in each region of Canada against pre-determined 
risk tolerances and utilizes this data to customize underwriting guidelines and loss mitigation initiatives by region.

The following table presents the Company’s concentration of risk by region based on gross premiums written. 

Gross premiums written 

  Ontario 
  Quebec 
Alberta 
British Columbia 

  Other 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010

Amount 

$  207,922 
86,100 
119,787 
68,614 
62,154 

% 

38% 
16% 
22% 
13% 
11% 

Amount 

$  214,452 
105,527 
109,356 
80,490 
54,590 

%

38%
19%
19%
14%
10%

$  544,577 

100% 

$  564,415 

100%

 The Company is exposed to changes in housing market performance and trends by geographic region and the concentration of 
geographic risk may change over time.

(b)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument fails to discharge an obligation and causes financial loss to another 
party. The Company is exposed to credit risk principally through its investment assets.

The total credit risk exposure at December 31, 2011 is $4,202,949 (December 31, 2010 – $4,093,016; January 1, 2010 – 
$4,074,817) and comprises $3,989,495 (December 31, 2010 – $3,936,226; January 1, 2010 – $3,778,352) of bonds and debentures, 
$23,019 (December 31, 2010 – $77,139; January 1, 2010 – $423) of preferred shares, $45,723 (December 31, 2010 – $6,988; 
January 1, 2010 – $253,527) of short-term investments, $38,155 (December 31, 2010 – $32,270; January 1, 2010 – $28,869) of 
accrued investment income and other receivables, and $106,557 (December 31, 2010 – $40,393; January 1, 2010 – $13,646) of 
subrogation recoverable.

The Company is indirectly exposed to credit risk through its proportionate interest in the investment assets of the government 
guarantee fund under the Government Guarantee Agreement (notes 7(e) and 10).

The Company’s investment management strategy is to invest primarily in debt instruments of Canadian government agencies and 
other high-credit-quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure with respect to any one issuer, business sector, or credit 
rating category, as specified in its investment policy. Credit quality of financial instrument issuers is assessed based on ratings 
supplied by rating agencies Dominion Bond Rating Service, Standard and Poor’s, or Moody’s. 

The breakdown of the Company’s bonds and debentures, preferred shares, and short-term investments by credit ratings is 
presented below:

  Credit rating 

AAA   
AA   
A 
BBB   
Lower than B and unrated 

 December 31, 2011 

 December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Carrying value 

Carrying value 

Carrying value

Amount 

$ 1,253,706 
  1,508,484 
  1,140,721 
155,185 
141 

% 

30.9 
37.2 
28.1 
3.8 
— 

Amount 

$ 1,337,237 
  1,426,779 
  1,134,426 
121,756 
155 

% 

33.3 
35.5 
28.2 
3.0 
— 

Amount 

$ 1,614,360 
  1,344,137 
  1,017,783 
55,924 
98 

%

40.1
33.3
25.2
1.4
—

$ 4,058,237 

100.0 

$ 4,020,353 

100.0 

$ 4,032,302 

100.0

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

7.  Financial risk management (continued)

As at December 31, 2011, 96.2% of the Company’s investment portfolio was rated ’A’ or better, compared to 97.0% at December 31, 
2010 and 98.6% at January 1, 2010. 

The following AFS investments were in an unrealized loss position:

Government bonds 

Corporate bonds 

Preferred shares  

Common shares 

Total 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

  Carrying  Amortized  Unrealized 
loss 
cost/Cost 

value 

Carrying  Amortized  Unrealized 
loss 
cost/Cost 

value 

Carrying  Amortized  Unrealized 
loss
cost/Cost 

value 

$  46,382  $  46,392  $ 

(10)  $  28,511  $  28,910  $ 

(399)  $ 136,208  $ 138,674  $ 

(2,466)

  23,678 
  13,671 
  95,163 

  25,326 

  14,277 

  104,940 

(1,648)    118,055    120,523   

(2,468) 

  329,438    340,743   

(11,305)

(606)    28,666    29,051   

(385) 

(9,777)    35,192    36,732   

(1,540) 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—

—

$ 178,894  $ 190,935  $  (12,041)  $ 210,424  $ 215,216  $  (4,792)  $ 465,646  $ 479,417  $  (13,771)

As at December 31, 2011, the cost of 38 AFS investments exceeded their fair value by $12,041 (December 31, 2010 – 75 AFS 
investments exceeded their fair value by $4,792; January 1, 2010 – 40 AFS investments exceeded their fair value by $13,771). 
This unrealized loss is recorded in AOCI as part of unrealized gains on AFS investments. In the year ended December 31, 2011, 
unrealized losses on investments arose primarily from volatility in the equity markets. In the year ended December 31, 2010, 
unrealized losses on fixed income investments arose primarily from higher prevailing interest rates compared to the prior year. At 
January 1, 2010, unrealized losses on fixed income investments arose primarily from an increase in credit spreads. The Company 
has the ability to hold these investments until there is a recovery of fair value and these unrealized losses are considered to be 
temporary in nature. The Company conducts a monthly review to identify and evaluate investments that show objective evidence of 
impairment. There are no significant or prolonged declines in value for all AFS investments.

At December 31, 2011, $141 of the Company’s investments were impaired, compared to $155 at December 31, 2010 and $98 at 
January 1, 2010. The breakdown of the Company’s impaired investments is presented below:

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Carrying 

value  Cumulative 
prior to  impairment 
loss 

impairment 

Credit 
rating 

Carrying 

value  Cumulative 

Carrying 

prior to  impairment  Carrying 

value  impairment 

loss 

value  impairment 

Carrying 

value  Cumulative 
prior to  impairment 
loss 

Lehman Brothers  Holdings Inc. bond  

 Unrated 

$ 

$ 

590  $ 

(541)  $ 

141  $ 

590  $ 

(541)  $ 

155  $ 

590  $ 

(541)  $ 

590  $ 

(541)  $ 

141  $ 

590  $ 

(541)  $ 

155  $ 

590  $ 

(541)  $ 

Carrying 
value

98

98

Total interest income earned on impaired investments held at December 31, 2011 was nil (December 31, 2010 – nil).

(c)  Liquidity risk/maturity analysis

Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash resources to meet financial commitments and policy obligations as they fall due 
without raising funds at unfavourable rates or selling assets on a forced basis.

Liquidity risk arises from the Company’s general business activities and in the course of managing its assets, liabilities and 
externally imposed capital requirements (note 8). The liquidity requirements of the Company’s business have been met primarily 
by funds generated from operations including investment asset maturities and other returns received on investments and financing 
activities. Cash provided from these sources is used primarily for loss and loss adjustment expense payments, operating expenses 
and payment of dividends. To ensure liquidity requirements are met, the Company holds a portion of investment assets in liquid 
securities. At December 31, 2011, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $72,244 (December 31, 2010 – $351,136; 
January 1, 2010 – $377,512) and short-term investments of $45,723 (December 31, 2010 – $6,988; January 1, 2010 – $253,527). 

60 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes the carrying value by the earliest contractual maturity of the Company’s bonds and debentures and 
short-term investments:

Within 1 
year 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

5–10 
years 

Over 10 
years 

Total

As at December 31, 2011: 

$   378,613 

$ 1,072,348 

$ 1,070,995 

$  951,332 

$  561,930 

$ 4,035,218

As at December 31, 2010: 

$   467,544 

$  809,867 

$ 1,299,013 

$  789,679 

$  570,123 

$ 3,936,226

As at January 1, 2010: 

$  291,569 

$  979,151 

$ 1,169,790 

$  618,344 

$  719,498 

$ 3,778,352

The table below shows the expected payout pattern of the Company’s financial liabilities:

As at December 31, 2011:

Loss reserves 
Long-term debt 

As at December 31, 2010:

Loss reserves 
Long-term debt 

As at January 1, 2010:
Loss reserves 
Long-term debt 

(d)  Market risk

Within 1 
year 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

5–10 
years 

Over 10 
years 

Total

$ 

94,598 
— 

$  108,924 
— 

$  170,349 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

72,408 
— 

95,685 
— 

59,249 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,002 
150,000 

$ 
— 
  275,000 

2,002 
150,000 

— 
$ 
  275,000 

6,583 
— 

$ 

— 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

$  169,008
425,000

$  206,611
425,000

$  236,181
—

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, equity market 
fluctuations, foreign currency exchange rates and other relevant market rate or price changes. Market risk is directly influenced by 
the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying assets are traded. The market risks to which the Company 
is exposed are interest rate risk and equity price risk.

(i) 

Interest rate risk

 Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio. 
Short-term interest rate fluctuations will generally create unrealized gains or losses. Generally, the Company’s interest income 
will be reduced during sustained periods of lower interest rates as higher-yielding fixed income investments are called, mature 
or are sold and the proceeds are reinvested at lower rates, and this will likely result in unrealized gains in the value of fixed 
income investments the Company continues to hold, as well as realized gains to the extent that the relevant investments are 
sold. During periods of rising interest rates, the market value of the Company’s existing fixed income investments will generally 
decrease and gains on fixed income investments will likely be reduced or become losses.

 As at December 31, 2011, management estimates that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest 
rates would decrease the market value of the AFS fixed income investments, short term investments and preferred shares 
by approximately $147,000, representing 3.62% of the $4,058,237 fair value of these investments, and decrease the value of 
loss reserves by $1,301. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would increase the market value of 
the AFS fixed income investments and preferred shares by approximately $157,000, representing 3.87% of the fair value, and 
increase the value of loss reserves by approximately $1,328. 

 As at December 31, 2010, management estimated that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest 
rates would decrease the market value of the AFS fixed income investments and preferred shares by approximately $146,000, 
representing 3.67% of the $3,982,063 fair value of these investments, and decrease the value of loss reserves by $1,582. 
Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would increase the market value of the AFS fixed income 
investments and preferred shares by approximately $157,000, representing 3.94% of the fair value, and increase the value of 
loss reserves by approximately $1,614. 

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

7.  Financial risk management (continued)

 As at January 1, 2010, management estimated that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest 
rates would decrease the market value of the AFS fixed income investments by approximately $138,000, representing 3.45% 
of the $3,997,394 fair value of the AFS fixed income investment portfolio, and decrease the value of loss reserves by $1,810. 
Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1% decrease in interest rates would increase the market value of the AFS fixed income 
investments and preferred shares by approximately $138,000, representing 3.45% of the fair value, and increase the value of 
loss reserves by approximately $1,847. 

 During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold its FVTPL investment in European Credit Luxembourg bonds. 

 As at December 31, 2010, management estimated that a 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest rates would decrease the 
market value of the FVTPL investments by approximately $1,800, representing 4.70% of the $38,290 fair value of the FVTPL 
fixed income investment portfolio. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would increase the market 
value of the FVTPL investments by approximately the same amount.

 As at January 1, 2010, management estimated that a 100 basis point, or 1% increase in interest rates would decrease the 
market value of the FVTPL investments by approximately $1,500 representing 4.35% of the $34,485 fair value of the FVTPL 
fixed income investment portfolio. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1% decrease in interest rates would increase the market 
value of the FVTPL investments by approximately the same amount.

 Computations of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions and should 
not be relied on as indicative of future results. The analysis in this section is based on the following assumptions: (a) the 
existing level and composition of fixed income security assets will be maintained; (b) shifts in the yield curve are parallel; and 
(c) credit and liquidity risks have not been considered.

(ii)  Equity price risk

 Equity price risk is the risk that the fair values of equities will decrease as a result of changes in the levels of equity indices and 
the values of individual stocks. Equity price risk exposure arises from the Company’s investment in common shares. 

 As at December 31, 2011, the Company had a total investment in common shares of $201,745. Management estimates that 
a 10% increase in the equity price index would increase the market value of the common shares by $14,123 and that a 10% 
decrease in the equity price index would decrease the market value of the common shares by the same amount. 

 As at December 31, 2010, the Company had a total investment in common shares of $118,047. Management estimated that 
a 10% increase in the equity price index would increase the market value of the common shares by $8,617 and that a 10% 
decrease in the equity price index would decrease the market value of the common shares by the same amount. 

 As at January 1, 2010, the Company did not hold any common shares.

 The Company has policies to limit and monitor exposures to individual equity investment issuers and its aggregate exposure to 
equities. 

(e)  Government guarantee fund

(i)  Credit risk

 The total credit risk exposure for the government guarantee fund at December 31, 2011 is $911,586 (December 31, 2010 – 
$782,649; January 1, 2010 – $701,275) and comprises $891,566 of bonds and debentures (December 31, 2010 – $703,542; 
January 1, 2010 – $663,161), $17,354 of short-term investments (December 31, 2010 – $75,309; January 1, 2010 – $35,291), 
and $2,666 (December 31, 2010 – $3,798; January 1, 2010 – $2,823) of accrued investment income.

62 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Company limits credit exposure relative to the government guarantee fund by investing 100% of the portfolio into 
investments issued by the Government of Canada or agencies unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada. The 
breakdown of the Company’s government guarantee fund investment portfolio by credit rating is presented below:

Credit rating 

AAA 

Total 

  December 31,  
2011 

  December 31,  
2010 

January 1, 
2010

Carrying 
 value  

% 

Carrying 
 value  

% 

Carrying 
 value  

$  908,920 

100.0 

$  778,851 

100.0 

$  698,452 

$  908,920 

100.0 

$  778,851 

100.0 

$  698,452 

%

100.0

100.0

 As at December 31, 2011, the cost of 5 AFS bonds exceeded their fair value by $82 (December 31, 2010 – the cost of five AFS 
bonds exceeded their fair value by $495; January 1, 2010 – the cost of 6 AFS bonds exceeded their fair value by $246). This 
unrealized loss is recorded in AOCI as part of unrealized gains on AFS investments. Due to the fact that the bond issuers are 
either the Government of Canada or agencies unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Company expects 
that future interest and principal payments will continue to be received on a timely basis. Since the Company has the ability and 
intent to hold these investments until there is a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, these unrealized losses are not 
considered to be an indication of impairment. 

The following AFS bonds were in an unrealized loss position:

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

  Carrying  Amortized  Unrealized 
loss 

value 

cost 

Carrying  Amortized Unrealized 
loss 

value 

cost 

Carrying  Amortized  Unrealized 
loss

value 

cost 

  Government bonds 

$  32,584  $  32,588  $ 

(4)  $  16,968  $  17,312  $ 

(344)  $  3,230  $  3,298  $ 

(68)

  Agencies unconditionally guaranteed by 

the Government of Canada 

  58,131 

  58,209 

(78)    29,399    29,550   

(151) 

  56,836    57,014   

(178)

  Total 

$  90,715  $  90,797  $ 

(82)  $  46,367  $  46,862  $ 

(495)  $   60,066  $  60,312  $ 

(246) 

(ii)  Liquidity risk/maturity analysis

 The table below summarizes the carrying value by the earliest contractual maturity of the government guarantee fund bonds 
and debentures and short-term investments:

As at December 31, 2011 
As at December 31, 2010 
As at January 1, 2010 

$ 

Within 1 
year 

96,607 
128,700 
45,896 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

5–10 
years 

Over 10 
years 

Total

$  171,675 
128,452 
178,785 

$  355,620 
248,344 
126,725 

$  107,607 
80,953 
  192,639 

$  177,411 
192,402 
154,407 

$  908,920
778,851
698,452

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

63

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

7.  Financial risk management (continued)

(iii)  Market risk

The market risk to which the government guarantee fund investments are exposed is interest rate risk.

 As at December 31, 2011, management estimates that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in 
interest rates would decrease the market value of the AFS fixed income investments in the government guarantee fund by 
approximately $45,000, representing 4.95% of the $908,920 fair value of the government guarantee fund investment portfolio, 
and decrease the value of the exit fee and liability to the Mortgage Insurance Company of Canada (“MICC”) by $9,481 
(note 10). Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would increase the market value of the government 
guarantee fund investments by approximately $56,000, representing 6.16% of the fair value, and increase the value of the exit 
fee and liability to MICC by $11,726.

 As at December 31, 2010, management estimated that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in 
interest rates would decrease the market value of the AFS fixed income investments in the government guarantee fund by 
approximately $35,000, representing 4.49% of the $778,851 fair value of the government guarantee fund investment portfolio, 
and decrease the value of the exit fee and liability to MICC by $7,112. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest 
rates would increase the market value of the government guarantee fund investments by approximately $40,000, representing 
5.14% of the fair value, and increase the value of the exit fee and liability to MICC by $7,945.

 As at January 1, 2010, management estimated that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest rates 
would decrease the market value of the AFS fixed income investments in the government guarantee fund by approximately 
$32,000, representing 4.58% of the $698,452 fair value of the government guarantee fund investment portfolio, and decrease 
the value of the exit fee and liability to MICC by $6,191. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would 
increase the market value of the government guarantee fund investments by approximately $36,000, representing 5.15% of the 
fair value, and increase the value of the exit fee and liability to MICC by $6,903.

 Computations of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions and should 
not be relied on as indicative of future results. The analysis in this section is based on the following assumptions: (i) the existing 
level and composition of the government guarantee fund investments will be maintained; (ii) shifts in the yield curve are parallel; 
and (iii) credit and liquidity risks have not been considered.

8.  Capital management and regulatory requirements

Capital comprises the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to maintain financial strength and a strong external financial strength rating, 
to protect its loss-paying abilities, and to maximize returns to shareholders over the long term.

The Insurance Subsidiary is a regulated insurance company governed by the provisions of the Insurance Companies Act (“the Act”), 
which is administered by OSFI. As such, the Insurance Subsidiary is subject to certain requirements and restrictions contained in 
the Act. The Act limits dividends to shareholders under certain circumstances.

The Insurance Subsidiary is required under the Act to meet a minimum capital test (“MCT”) to support its outstanding mortgage 
insurance in force. The MCT ratio is calculated based on a model developed by OSFI. The statutory minimum is 100%, and OSFI 
has established a supervisory MCT ratio for the Insurance Subsidiary of 120% (December 31, 2010 – 120%; January 1, 2010 – 
120%). To measure the degree to which the Insurance Subsidiary is able to meet regulatory capital requirements, the Company’s 
actuary must present an annual report to the Audit Committee and management on the Insurance Subsidiary’s current and future 
solvency under various projected scenarios. In addition, the Company has established an internal capital ratio for the Insurance 
Subsidiary of 145% (December 31, 2010 – 145%; January 1, 2010 – 135%).

As at December 31, 2011, the Insurance Subsidiary had an MCT ratio of 162% (December 31, 2010 – 156%; January 1, 2010 – 
149%) and has complied with the regulatory and internal capital requirements.

The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a capital management policy for the Company and its Insurance Subsidiary. The 
policy identifies sources of capital, establishes a capital adequacy target for the Insurance Subsidiary and sets a financial leverage 
target and dividend policy for the Company. As part of its ongoing management of capital, the Company prepares capital forecasts 
and regularly compares actual performance with forecasted results. 

64 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
9. 

Investments

Investments are carried at fair value. The Company’s investments, excluding the government guarantee fund, are summarized as 
follows:

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Fair  Amortized  Unrealized 
value  cost/cost  gain (loss) 

% Fair 
value 

Fair  Amortized  Unrealized  % Fair 
value 

value  cost/cost  gain (loss) 

Fair  Amortized  Unrealized  % Fair 
 value

value  cost/cost  gain (loss) 

AFS investments:

Cash and cash  

  equivalents:

  Government  

  treasury bills  $ 

69,256  $  69,256  $ 

— 

1.6  $  339,093  $  339,093  $ 

— 

7.6  $  231,519  $  231,519  $ 

— 

  Bankers’  

  acceptances 

  Time deposits 

—   

—   

— 

— 

  Cash 

2,988   

2,988 

72,244   

72,244 

Short-term investments:

  Canadian federal  

  government  

— 

  — 

— 

   — 

— 

— 

0.1 

1.7 

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

  — 

64,898   

64,898   

— 

  — 

65,943   

65,943   

12,043   

12,043 

351,136   

351,136 

— 

— 

0.2 

7.8 

15,152   

15,152   

377,512   

377,512   

— 

— 

— 

— 

5.3

1.5

1.5

0.3

8.6

  treasury bills 

45,723   

45,723 

— 

1.1 

6,988   

6,988 

— 

0.2 

144,109   

144,109   

— 

3.3

  Canadian provincial  

  government  

  treasury bills  

Government bonds: 

  Canadian federal  

—   

— 

— 

  — 

—   

— 

— 

  — 

109,418   

109,418   

45,723   

45,723 

— 

1.1 

6,988   

6,988 

— 

0.2 

253,527   

253,527   

— 

— 

2.5

5.8

  government  

808,522    771,885 

  36,637 

  18.6 

943,858   

924,887 

  18,971 

  21.0 

929,008   

909,398    19,610 

21.0

  Canadian provincial  

  government  

810,150    744,673 

  65,477 

  18.7 

606,978   

581,687 

  25,291 

  13.5 

528,184   

505,229    22,955 

  1,618,672    1,516,558 

  102,114 

  37.3 

  1,550,836    1,506,574 

  44,262 

  34.5 

  1,457,192    1,414,627    42,565 

12.0

33.0

Corporate bonds:

  Financial 

  Energy 

  1,253,093    1,180,742 

  72,351 

  28.9 

  1,231,336    1,170,706 

  60,630 

  27.5 

  1,420,446    1,370,884    49,562 

32.2

308,417    286,798 

  21,619 

Infrastructure 

257,489    236,859 

  20,630 

  All other sectors   

384,099    360,037 

  24,062 

7.1 

5.9 

8.9 

301,623   

288,719 

  12,904 

252,292   

239,966 

  12,326 

309,415   

299,527 

9,888 

6.7 

5.6 

6.9 

230,456   

220,195    10,261 

206,310   

199,534   

6,776 

175,425   

166,394   

 9,031 

5.2

4.7

4.0

  2,203,098    2,064,436 

  138,662 

  50.8 

  2,094,666    1,998,918 

  95,748 

  46.7 

  2,032,637    1,957,007    75,630 

46.1

167,725    159,013 

8,712 

3.9 

252,434   

245,187 

7,247 

5.6 

254,038   

252,116    

1,922 

5.8

Asset backed  

  bonds  

Total AFS  

  bonds and  

  debentures 

$ 3,989,495  $ 3,740,007  $ 249,488 

  92.0  $ 3,897,936  $ 3,750,679  $ 147,257 

  86.8  $ 3,743,867  $ 3,623,750  $ 120,117 

84.9

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

9. 

Investments (continued)

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Fair  Amortized  Unrealized  % Fair 
value  cost/cost  gain (loss)  value 

Fair  Amortized  Unrealized  % Fair 
value 
cost/cost  gain (loss) 

value 

Fair  Amortized  Unrealized  % Fair 
 value

cost/cost  gain (loss) 

value 

Preferred shares:

  Financial 

$ 

11,817  $  12,409  $ 

(592)   

0.3  $ 

67,009  $ 

66,717  $ 

292 

1.5  $ 

423  $ 

421  $ 

Industrial 

  Energy 

1,414   

9,788   

1,406 

9,699 

8 

89 

0.0 

0.2 

1,412   

8,718   

1,406 

8,630 

23,019   

23,514 

(495)   

0.5 

77,139   

76,753 

6 

  — 

88 

386 

Common shares: 

  Energy 

  Financial  

65,296   

65,088 

208 

26,363   

27,609 

(1,246)   

  Communications  

39,620   

39,868 

(248)   

  All other sectors   

70,466   

68,110 

2,356 

201,745    200,675 

1,070 

1.5 

0.6 

1.0 

1.6 

4.7 

45,222   

42,601 

2,621 

18,840   

18,185 

22,074   

22,468 

31,911   

31,464 

655 

(394)   

447    

118,047   

114,718 

3,329 

0.2 

1.7 

1.0 

0.4 

0.5 

0.7 

2.6 

—   

—   

—   

—   

423   

421   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

2 

— 

— 

2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total AFS  

  equities 

224,764    224,189 

575 

5.2 

195,186   

191,471 

3,715 

4.3 

423   

421   

2 

FVTPL investments:

European Credit  

  Luxembourg Bonds: 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

  Financial  

—   

— 

—    — 

38,290   

50,000 

(11,710)   

0.9 

34,485   

50,000   

(15,515)   

0.7

Total  

investments  

$ 4,332,226  $ 4,082,163  $ 250,063 

  100.0  $ 4,489,536  $ 4,350,274  $ 139,262 

  100.0  $ 4,409,814  $ 4,305,210  $ 104,604 

100.0

The fair value of investments, excluding the government guarantee fund, equity investments, and cash and cash equivalents are 
shown by contractual maturity of the investment. Yields are based upon fair value.

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

  Terms to maturity 

Fair value 

Yield % 

Fair value 

Yield % 

Fair value 

Yield %

Bonds and debentures and  

short-term investments issued  
or guaranteed by the  
Government of Canada:
  1 year or less 
  1–3 years 
  3–5 years 
  5–10 years 
  Over 10 years 

Corporate bonds and debentures 

and short-term investments:
  1 year or less 
  1–3 years 
  3–5 years 
  5–10 years 
  Over 10 years 

$  162,097 
440,888 
539,434 
433,209 
88,767 

  1,664,395 

216,516 
631,459 
531,562 
518,123 
473,163 

  2,370,823 

5.2 
3.6 
3.1 
4.7 
4.7 

3.9 

5.4 
4.9 
4.7 
5.0 
5.5 

5.0 

$  208,244 
236,155 
740,893 
267,808 
104,724 

  1,557,824 

266,288 
573,712 
558,120 
521,871 
465,399 

  2,385,390 

4.6 
4.8 
3.1 
4.9 
4.6 

4.0 

5.2 
5.0 
4.8 
5.1 
5.5 

5.1 

$  397,527 
432,129 
645,613 
155,254 
80,196 

  1,710,719 

147,569 
547,022 
524,177 
463,090 
639,302 

  2,321,160 

$ 4,035,218 

4.6 

$ 3,943,214 

4.6 

$ 4,031,879 

1.8
4.3
3.7
5.1
4.8

3.6

4.9
5.0
5.3
5.2
5.9

5.3

4.6

66 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities lending

The Company participates in a securities lending program through an intermediary that is a financial institution for the purpose of 
generating fee income. Non-cash collateral, which exceeds the fair value of the loaned securities by at least 105%, is retained by 
the Company until the underlying securities have been returned to the Company. 

The fair value of the loaned securities is monitored on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained or refunded as the fair value of 
the underlying securities fluctuates. While in the possession of counterparties, the loaned securities may be resold or re-pledged by 
such counterparties. The intermediary indemnifies the Company against any shortfalls in collateral. 

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to security lending activities as well as requirements 
determined by exchanges where a financial institution acts as an intermediary.

As at December 31, 2011, the Company had loaned AFS bonds and debentures with a fair value of approximately $277,418 
(December 31, 2010 – $268,442; January 1, 2010 – $323,300) and has accepted eligible securities as collateral with a fair value of 
approximately $295,178 (December 31, 2010 – $283,424; January 1, 2010 – $341,756).

Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements are based on a three-level fair value hierarchy based on inputs used in estimating the fair value of financial 
instruments. The hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:

Level 1 –  inputs used to value the financial instruments are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities

Level 2 –  inputs used to value the financial instruments are other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the 

asset or liability either directly or indirectly

Level 3 –  inputs used to value the financial instruments are not based on observable market data

The following tables set forth inputs used as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and January 1, 2010 in valuing the Company’s 
financial instruments carried at fair value:

  December 31, 2011 

Bonds and debentures:  

AFS 

Preferred shares 
Common shares 
Short-term investments   
Bonds and debentures in the government guarantee fund 
Short-term investments in the government guarantee fund 

  December 31, 2010 

Bonds and debentures:  

AFS 

Bonds and debentures: 

FVTPL 
Preferred shares 
Common shares 
Short-term investments   
Bonds and debentures in the government guarantee fund 
Short-term investments in the government guarantee fund 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

$ 3,989,495 
23,019 
201,745 
45,723 
891,566 
17,354 

$ 

— 
23,019 
  201,745 
45,723 
— 
17,354 

$ 3,989,495 
— 
— 
— 
891,566 
— 

$ 5,168,902 

$  287,841 

$ 4,881,061 

$ 

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 3,897,936 

$  

— 

$ 3,897,936 

$ 

—

38,290 
77,139 
118,047 
6,988 
703,542 
75,309 

— 
— 
  118,047 
6,988 
— 
75,309 

— 
77,139 
— 
— 
703,542 
— 

38,290
—
—
—
—
—

$ 4,917,251 

$  200,344 

$ 4,678,617 

$ 

38,290

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

9. 

Investments (continued)

  January 1, 2010 

Bonds and debentures: 

AFS 

Bonds and debentures: 

FVTPL 
Preferred shares 
Short-term investments   
Bonds and debentures in the government guarantee fund 
Short-term investments in the government guarantee fund 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 3,743,867 

$ 

— 

$ 3,642,737 

$  101,130

34,485 
423 
253,527 
663,161 
35,291 

— 
— 
  253,527 
— 
35,291 

— 
423 
— 
663,161 
— 

34,485
—
—
—
—

$ 4,730,754 

$  288,818 

$ 4,306,321 

$  135,615

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the reconciliation of investments measured at fair value using unobservable 
inputs (Level 3) is presented as follows:

  2011 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2011 
Investment sales 
Change in fair value through income   

Ending balance, December 31, 2011   

  2010 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2010 
Transfers out of Level 3   
Change in fair value through income   

Ending balance, December 31, 2010   

AFS 
bonds and 
debentures 

FVTPL 
bonds and 
debentures 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

38,290 
(40,168) 
1,878 

Total

38,290
(40,168)
1,878

— 

$ 

—

AFS 
bonds and 
debentures 

FVTPL 
bonds and 
debentures 

Total

$ 

$  101,130 
(101,130) 
— 

34,485 
— 
3,805 

$  135,615
(101,130)
3,805

$ 

— 

$ 

38,290 

$ 

38,290

As at December 31, 2011, the Company does not hold any level 3 financial instruments. As at December 31, 2010, the Level 3 
instruments comprise $38,290 European Credit Luxembourg bonds classified as FVTPL. As at January 1, 2010, the Level 3 
instruments comprise $101,130 commercial mortgage backed bonds classified as AFS and $34,485 European Credit Luxembourg 
bonds. The European Luxembourg bonds are not externally rated but have been given an internal rating of BBB.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, $101,130 of bonds and debentures classified as AFS were transferred from Level 3. 
The transfers from Level 3 resulted primarily from observable market data now being available, thus eliminating the need to 
estimate data beyond observable data available.

No sensitivity analysis for valuing Level 3 financial instruments was performed as at December 31, 2011 as no financial instruments 
were classified in this category. At December 31, 2010, the potential impact of using reasonable possible alternative assumptions 
for valuing Level 3 financial instruments would increase their fair value by approximately $1,800 or decrease their fair value by 
approximately the same amount. At January 1, 2010, the potential impact of using reasonable possible alternative assumptions 
for valuing Level 3 financial instruments would increase their fair value by approximately $5,500 or decrease their fair value by 
approximately $5,300.

68 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Government guarantee fund and Government Guarantee Agreement

The 1988 Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”) agreement signed by the Government of Canada introduced risk-related 
capital adequacy guidelines for Canadian chartered banks. Qualifying residential mortgages carried a 50% risk weighting, while 
mortgages insured by Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (“CMHC”), an agency of the Government of Canada, carried no 
risk weighting. The BIS capital guidelines did not provide a reduced risk weighting for residential mortgages insured by a private 
mortgage insurer, thereby putting private mortgage insurers at a disadvantage to CMHC. In 1988, MICC was such an insurer. 
In 1995, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from MICC related to MICC’s residential mortgage 
insurance line of business.

Effective January 1, 1991, MICC entered into an agreement with the Government of Canada to ensure that it could effectively 
compete with CMHC. This agreement (“the Agreement”) provided MICC with a Government of Canada guarantee of its obligations 
under eligible residential mortgage insurance policies. In the event of wind-up, the Government of Canada will pay an amount of 
claims less 10% of the original insured amount. As a result of the credit support provided by the Government of Canada guarantee, 
the risk weighting for eligible insured mortgages was reduced from 50% to 5%.

The Agreement requires:

(a)  contribution of 10.5% of premiums written on eligible insured mortgages over the next 25 years to a guarantee fund, which 

could be used in the event that the guarantee is called; and

(b) payment of an annual risk premium equal to 1% of the estimated Government of Canada net exposure.

Monies could be withdrawn from the government guarantee fund if the dollar value of the government guarantee fund was at 
least equal to the sum of the estimated Government of Canada gross exposure on the guarantee plus the greater of 15% of the 
estimated Government of Canada gross exposure and $10 million. Upon withdrawal of the monies from the government guarantee 
fund, an exit fee of 1% of the amount of the fund for each year from the effective date of the Agreement (February 1992) to the 
date of the withdrawal up to a maximum of 25% is required to be paid to the Government of Canada.

In conjunction with the acquisition of MICC’s residential mortgage insurance business, the Government Guarantee Agreement had 
been assigned to the Company with the consent of Her Majesty In Right of Canada. The mortgage insurance policies issued by 
MICC prior to the assignment of the Government of Canada Guarantee Agreement continue to be covered by the guarantee. MICC 
assigned its interest in the assets held in the government guarantee fund to the Company, and the Company agreed to pay MICC 
the value of MICC’s proportionate interest in the government guarantee fund when the value of MICC’s proportionate interest in 
the government guarantee fund was at least equal to the sum of MICC’s estimated Government of Canada gross exposure on 
the guarantee plus the greater of 15% of MICC’s estimated Government of Canada gross exposure and $10 million. Effective 
2004, given that the threshold had been reached, the Company commenced payment to MICC under the terms of the agreement, 
increasing the Company’s interest in the government guarantee fund.

The government guarantee fund is recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value and is comprised of the 
following components:

Invested assets at fair value  
Accrued contribution and accrued income  
Accrued exit fee and MICC liability  

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 

$  909,527 
15,889 
(194,286) 

$  789,869 
18,201 
(162,337) 

$  699,207
14,700
(137,490)

$  731,130 

$  645,733 

$  576,417

(a) Investments including government bonds and bonds unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada and cash; plus

(b)  the Company’s accrued contributions of 10.5% of premiums written on insured mortgages for the last quarter of the year and 

accrued interest on invested assets; less

(c)  the cumulative exit fee applicable to the fair value of the Company’s proportionate interest in investments and accrued 
contributions, and the Company’s liability for MICC’s net proportionate interest in the government guarantee fund.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

10. Government guarantee fund and Government Guarantee Agreement (continued)

On June 26, 2011, the Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Insurance Act (“PRMHIA”) was passed by the Canadian 
Parliament. The stated purposes of the PRMHIA are “(a) to authorize the Minister to provide protection in respect of certain 
mortgage or hypothecary insurance contracts in order to support the efficient functioning of the housing finance market and the 
stability of the financial system in Canada; and (b) to mitigate the risks arising from the provision of that protection.” While the 
PRMHIA does not change the level of government guarantee provided on privately insured mortgages, it formalizes in legislation 
existing mortgage insurance arrangements with private mortgage insurers. 

The Agreement will terminate when the provisions of PRMHIA come into force. Upon termination of the Agreement, all investments 
and monies held in the government guarantee fund will revert to the Company. Any balances owing to MICC will be paid. It is 
anticipated that the Company will pay a fee to the Government of Canada similar to the risk premium under the existing agreement.

Contributions of assets to the government guarantee fund and the income on such assets have resulted in a tax deferral to the 
Company. Upon termination of the Agreement, the withdrawal of these assets from the government guarantee fund will result in a 
current tax obligation to the Company. 

For purposes of the Insurance Subsidiary’s Minimum Capital Test (“MCT”), the government guarantee fund (net of related deferred 
tax impact) is deducted from capital available. Upon termination of the Agreement, the legislation gives the Minister of Finance the 
ability to require the Insurance Subsidiary to maintain capital above that required to be maintained under the Insurance Companies 
Act (“the ICA”).

The Company recorded the results of income from the fund of $27,055 (December 31, 2010 – $26,530) less exit fees of $24,221 
(December 31, 2010 – $22,838) for a net amount of $2,834 (December 31, 2010 – $3,692) in guarantee fund earnings.

Risk premium

The Company calculates risk premium in accordance with the formula prescribed in the Government Guarantee Agreement and 
accrues the balance in the consolidated statement of financial position. The risk premium recorded in the consolidated statement of 
income for the year ended December 31, 2011 is $11,177 (December 31, 2010 – $12,813). The risk premium payable recorded in the 
consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2011 is $2,634 (December 31, 2010 – $3,192; January 1, 2010 – $3,370).

11. Income taxes

The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:

Current tax:

Current income taxes 
Current tax adjustment in respect of prior years 

Deferred tax:
  Origination and reversal of temporary differences  

Impact of change in income tax rates  

Total income tax expense 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  December 31,   December 31,  

2011 

2010

$  109,097 
(72) 

$  127,732
(2,956)

109,025 

124,776

10,788 
— 

10,788 

15,573
(1,880)

13,693

$  119,813 

$  138,469

70 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes charged to OCI are comprised of the following:

Tax related to net gains on AFS financial assets in the general investment portfolio 
Tax related to net gains on AFS financial assets in the government guarantee fund 
Tax related to defined benefit plan actuarial losses 

Total income taxes charged to OCI 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  December 31,   December 31,  

$ 

2011 

28,560 
5,997 
(582) 

$ 

2010

9,272
618
(415)

$ 

33,975 

$ 

9,475

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company credited $1,420 of income taxes directly to share capital.

Income taxes reflect an effective tax rate that differs from the statutory tax rate for the following reasons:

Income before income taxes 
Combined basic Canadian federal and provincial income tax rate 

Income tax expense based on statutory tax rate 
Increase (decrease) in income tax resulting from:

Non-deductible expenses (non-taxable income) 
Effect of increase (decrease) in tax rates on deferred income taxes(1)   
Adjustment for prior periods 

Income tax expense 

Year ended 

Year ended 
  December 31,   December 31,  

2011 

2010

$  443,004 
28% 

$  486,451
30%

$  124,041 

$  145,935

(3,214) 
248 
(1,262) 

251
(4,599)
(3,118)

$  119,813 

$  138,469

(1) 

 The passage of PRMHIA by the Canadian Parliament on June 26, 2011 will result in the termination of the Government of Canada Guarantee Agreement and the return of the 
government guarantee fund to the Company, as described in note 10. Consequently, the deferred tax liability related to the government guarantee fund is expected to reverse into 
current income taxes earlier than previously estimated. As a result, the deferred tax liability related to the government guarantee fund increased by $1,828 to reflect the income tax 
rates expected to apply when the guarantee fund is returned, and income tax expense increased by $1,696 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The difference in the effective income tax rate of 27.0% implicit in the $119,813 provision for income taxes in 2011 from the 
Company’s statutory income tax rate of 28.0% was primarily attributable to an increase in non-taxable dividend income.

The difference in the effective income tax rate of 28.5% implicit in the $138,469 provision for income taxes in 2010 from the 
Company’s statutory income tax rate of 30.0% was primarily attributable to a decrease in federal and provincial income tax rates and 
income tax favorability relating to the 2009 taxation year which was realized upon completion of the Company’s 2009 tax returns.

The decrease in statutory income tax rates from 30% in 2010 to 28% in 2011 and from 32% in 2009 to 30% in 2010 resulted from 
legislated decreases in the Canadian federal income tax rate and income tax rates of certain provinces.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

11. Income taxes (continued)

The following table describes the components of the net deferred tax liability on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial 
position:

Deferred tax assets:

Employee benefits 
Loss reserves 
Tax losses available for carryforward   
Financing costs 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Investments including unrealized gains on government  
  guarantee fund AFS investments 
Government guarantee fund reserve   
Policy reserves 
Property and equipment and intangible assets 

Net deferred tax liability   

The net change in the composition of the net deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

Balance, beginning of year 
Expense for the year 
Other comprehensive income for the year 
Share capital adjustment  

Balance, end of year 

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

$ 

$ 

4,706 
2,176 
9,900 
555 

17,337 

$ 

3,485 
2,671 
2,336 
893 

9,385 

2,895
3,070
—
—

5,965

(16,207) 
(176,390) 
(53,117) 
(3,107) 

(13,052) 
(159,481) 
(49,547) 
(2,586) 

(15,221)
(144,594)
(46,929)
(2,425)

(248,821) 

(224,666) 

(209,169)

$  (231,484) 

$ 

(215,281) 

$ 

(203,204)

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$  215,281 
10,788 
5,415 
— 

$  203,204
13,693
(196)
(1,420)

$  231,484 

$  215,281

Management reviews the valuation of deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis to determine if a valuation allowance is necessary. 
It is probable that the Company will fully utilize the benefits available from existing deferred tax assets. No valuation allowance is 
required for the year ended December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 – nil; January 1, 2010 – nil).

72 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Related party transactions and balances

Transactions with key management personnel and Company directors

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning and directly controlling the activities 
of the Company.

Key managements’ compensation includes both fixed elements (base salary, benefits, retirement benefit plans, executive 
allowances) and performance-based elements (short-term incentive compensation and long-term share-based compensation). 
The short-term incentive compensation is dependent on how well the Company performs and how well a key manager performs 
in his or her role. Long-term share-based compensation grants may consist of any combination of Options, RSUs, and PSUs (see 
note 15). In addition to the defined contribution retirement benefit plan, a defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan 
(“SERP”) is maintained to provide pension benefits to key management in excess of the amounts payable under the Company’s 
registered defined contribution plan. 

The Company has standard policies in place to cover various forms of termination. Key management is subject to the same 
terms and conditions as all other employees of the Company for resignation and termination for cause. In such situations, key 
management is not eligible for short-term incentives, unvested Options expire, and unvested RSUs and PSUs are forfeited. In the 
case of a termination that is not for cause, unvested Options, RSUs and PSUs expire. In addition, the Company has entered into an 
agreement with certain executive officers that provides specific protection in the event that their employment with the Company 
is terminated without cause due to a change in control within 36 months of the Company’s IPO. If there is termination due to a 
change of control or termination without cause, key management is entitled to termination benefits of up to 24 months of gross 
salary, depending on his or her number of years of employment.

Directors must take 50% of their annual retainer in the form of DSUs and may elect to take the remaining portion in DSUs. 
Independent directors are required to own at least three times their annual retainer in common shares or DSUs by the later of 
five years from July 7, 2009, the date of the Company’s IPO or the individual’s appointment date. If a director has not met the 
Company’s ownership guideline within the prescribed period, then 100% of the director’s annual retainer will be paid in DSUs until 
such time as the guidelines are met. 

Compensation for the Company’s five key managers and four independent directors is comprised of the following:

Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payment 
Other long-term benefits  
Termination benefits 
Director fees 

Total compensation 

Other related party transactions

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$ 

$ 

3,121 
1,044 
803 
— 
— 
438 

3,501
892
1,552
—
—
276

$ 

5,406 

$ 

6,221

Following the closing of the Company’s IPO on July 7, 2009, the Company and the Insurance Subsidiary entered into a Transition 
Services Agreement (“TSA”) with Genworth Financial Inc., the Company’s majority shareholder. The agreement prescribes 
that these companies will provide certain services to one another, with most services being terminated within twelve months 
if Genworth Financial Inc. ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the common shares of the Company. The services 
rendered by Genworth Financial Inc. and affiliated companies consist of information technology, finance, human resources, legal 
and compliance, investment and other specified services. The services rendered by the Company and the Insurance Subsidiary 
relate mainly to financial reporting and tax compliance support services. These transactions are in the normal course of business. 
Accordingly, they are measured at the transaction value. Balances owing for service transactions are non-interest bearing and are 
settled on a quarterly basis.

The Company incurred net related party charges of $5,775 for the year ended December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 – $6,155). 
The balance owed for related party services at December 31, 2011 is $916 (December 31, 2010 – $260; January 1, 2010 – $775) 
and is reported in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

13. Commitments

The Company’s commitments are comprised of operating leases and expenditures relating to property and equipment and 
intangible assets. Information on the Company’s operating leases is presented below. Information on expenditures relating to 
property and equipment and intangible assets is presented in notes 16 and 17.

The Company leases office space, office equipment, computer equipment and automobiles. Leases of office space have initial 
lease terms between 5 to 7 years with the right to extend the initial term of the lease for an additional 5 years. 

Future minimum lease commitments at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows:

No later than 1 year 
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years 
Later than 5 years 

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$ 

$ 

2,223 
6,645 
1,307 

2,197
6,766
3,081

$ 

10,175 

$ 

12,044

Lease payments recognized as operating lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $2,890 (December 31, 
2010 – $2,754).

14. Pensions and other post-employment benefits

(a)  Defined contribution pension benefit plan

The Company’s eligible employees participate in a registered defined contribution pension plan. The plan provides pension benefits 
to employees of the Company with two years of service with the exception of Quebec employees, who are entitled to pension 
benefits after one year of service. As plan sponsor, the Company is responsible for contributing a predetermined amount to an 
employee’s retirement savings, based on a percentage of that employee’s salary.

The cost of the defined contribution pension plan is recognized as compensation expense as services are provided by employees.

(b)  Defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans

The Company maintains two types of defined benefit plans: the SERP and a defined benefit plan for other non-pension post-
employment benefits.

The SERP is a supplemental plan that provides pension benefits in excess of the amounts payable under the Company’s registered 
defined contribution plan. The other non-pension post-employment benefits provide medical and life insurance coverage upon 
retirement.

The benefit liabilities represent the amount of pension and other employee post-employment benefits that employees and retirees 
have earned as at period end. The Company’s actuaries perform valuations of the benefit liabilities for pension and other employee 
post-employment benefits as at December 31 of each year.

Plan membership data includes the number of plan members and the average age, service period, and pensionable earnings of 
plan members. For the SERP, actuarial valuations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 are 
based on plan membership data as at the respective period ends. For the other post-employment benefits, actuarial valuations for 
the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 are based on plan membership data as at January 1, 2009. 
The next membership data update will occur as at January 1, 2012.

74 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is the sponsor of these plans. The SERP and other post-employment benefit plans are unfunded. Pension and benefit 
payments related to these plans are paid directly by the Company. The benefit liabilities in respect of the plans are recorded in the 
Company’s consolidated statement of financial position as follows:

SERP 

Other 
 post-employment 
benefits

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1,  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

Accrued net benefit liabilities 

under employee benefit plans 

$ 

9,006 

$ 

6,422 

 $ 

5,495 

$ 

7,309 

$ 

5,946 

$ 

3,978

Pension and other post-employment benefits are recognized in employee compensation in the consolidated statement of income 
and are determined as follows: 

Defined benefit expense:

Benefits earned by employees 
Interest cost on accrued benefit liability 

Defined benefit expense for the year  

Defined contribution expense for the year 

Total pension and other employee future benefit expenses  
recognized in the consolidated statement of income    

2011 

394 
390 

784 

2,846 

$ 

$ 

$ 

SERP 

2010 

402 
412 

814 

2,665 

Other 
 post-employment 
benefits

2011 

2010

$ 

$ 

$ 

613 
376 

989 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

440
308

748

—

3,630 

$ 

3,479 

$ 

989 

$ 

748

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The actuarial losses recognized in the consolidated statement of OCI relating to the SERP are $1,863 at December 31, 2011 
(December 31, 2010 – actuarial losses of $390). The actuarial losses recognized in the consolidated statement of OCI relating to 
other post-employment benefits are $398 at December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 – actuarial losses of $1,220).

Changes in the estimated financial positions of the SERP and other employee post-employment benefit plans are as follows:

Accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans 

beginning of year 

$ 

Benefits earned by employees during the year 
Interest cost on accrued liability incurred during the year   
Benefits paid to pensioners and employees during the year 
Actuarial losses 

$ 

2011 

6,422 
394 
390 
(63) 
1,863 

SERP 

2010 

5,495 
402 
412 
(277) 
390 

Other 
 post-employment 
benefits

2011 

2010

$ 

$ 

5,946 
613 
376 
(24) 
 398 

3,978
440
308
—
1,220

Accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans, end of year  $ 

9,006 

$ 

6,422 

$ 

7,309 

$ 

5,946

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

14. Pensions and other post-employment benefits (continued)

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit liabilities are as follows:

SERP 

Other 
 post-employment 
benefits

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1,  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2010 

2011 

Discount rate, end of year 
Rate of compensation increase 
Average retirement age   
Assumed overall health care trend rate(1)   

5.50% 
3.50% 
62 
n/a 

5.75% 
3.50% 
62 
n/a 

7.00% 
4.25% 
62 
n/a 

5.50% 
3.50% 
59 
7.47% 

5.75% 
3.50% 
62 
7.60% 

(1)  Grading to 4.50% by 2029.

Sensitivity of assumptions

January 1, 
2010

7.00%
4.25%
62
7.71%

Sensitivity analyses of changes in the assumed health care cost trend rate for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as 
follows:

  2011 

Assumed overall health care trend rate (%):

Impact of:
  1% increase 
1% decrease 

  2010 

Assumed overall health care trend rate (%):

Impact of:
  1% increase 
1% decrease 

Other 
 post-employment 
benefits

Benefit 
liability 

Benefit 
expense

$ 

1,298 
 (966) 

$ 

194
(162)

Other 
 post-employment 
benefits

Benefit 
liability 

Benefit 
expense

$ 

1,012 
(761) 

$ 

139
(103)

This sensitivity analysis is hypothetical. Actual experience may differ from expected experience. For the purpose of this analysis, all 
other assumptions were held constant.

76 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The benefit obligation and the actuarial gains or losses for the current annual period and the previous four annual periods are as 
follows:

SERP:

Accrued benefit liability as at December 31 
Actuarial (gain) loss 

Non-pension post-employment benefits:

Accrued benefit liability as at December 31 
Actuarial (gain) loss 

Cash flows:

$ 

$ 

2011 

9,006 
1,863 

2011 

7,309 
398 

$ 

$ 

2010 

6,422 
390 

2010 

5,946 
1,220 

$ 

$ 

2009 

5,495 
322 

2009 

3,978 
(258) 

$  

$  

2008 

4,487 
(1,488) 

2008 

3,622 
(2,268) 

$ 

$ 

2007

5,239
(739)

2007

5,041
(358)

Cash payments made by the Company during the year in connection with employee benefit plans are as follows:

Benefits paid on defined benefit plans 
Contributions to defined contribution plans 

Total   

  Pension plans 

$ 

2011 

63 
2,846 

$ 

2010 

277 
2,665 

$ 

$ 

2,909 

$ 

2,942 

$ 

Other 
  post-employment 
benefits

2011 

2010

24 
— 

24 

$ 

$ 

—
—

—

The Company expects to contribute $68 to the SERP and $59 to the other post-employment benefit plan during the annual period 
beginning after December 31, 2011.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

15. Share-based compensation

The Company provides long-term incentive plans for the granting of Options, RSUs, PSUs, and DSUs.

Options are granted to employees with an exercise price equal to the Company’s share price at the date of grant. Options vest 
over a period of three years (50% on each of the second and third anniversaries of the grant date or equally over three years). 
The Options expire ten years from the date of grant and provide employees with the choice of settlement in either cash or shares 
of the Company. The range of exercise prices for the year ended December 31, 2011 is $19.00 to $27.12 (December 31, 2010 – 
$19.00 to $27.12).

RSUs entitle employees to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s shares. The RSUs vest no later than 
December 1 in the third calendar year following the calendar year in respect of which the RSUs are granted and provide employees 
with the choice of settlement in either cash or shares of the Company. The RSUs may participate in dividend equivalents at the 
discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. 

PSUs entitle employees to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s shares if certain performance conditions 
are met. Performance conditions are measured over a three year performance period and payouts are settled at the end of the 
period. The awards paid out may vary, based on the Company’s performance, from zero to one and one-half times the initial grant 
of PSUs. The performance measures associated with PSU grants include earnings growth, return on equity, contribution margin, 
underwriting income and investment income.

DSUs entitle eligible members of the Company’s Board of Directors to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s 
shares. The number of DSUs granted is based on the fair value of director services provided during the period and is calculated 
using the Company’s average share price in the five days immediately preceding the period end. The DSUs vest immediately on the 
date of grant and must be redeemed no later than December 15 of the calendar year commencing immediately after the Director’s 
termination date. The DSUs provide directors with the choice of settlement in either cash or shares of the Company. The Board of 
Directors may elect to pay dividend equivalents on DSUs.

The Company has reserved 3,000,000 common shares of its issued and outstanding shares for issuance under these long-term 
incentive plans.

The following table presents information about these share-based compensation plans:

Weighted 
  average fair 
  Weighted 
average 
value at 
exercise  Number  December 31, 
2011 

of RSUs 

price 

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted 
  average fair 
value at 

Weighted 
average fair 
value at 
Number  December 31,  Number  December 31, 
2011
of DSUs 

of PSUs 

2011 

  Granted 
  Dividend equivalents granted 
  Exercised 
  Forfeited 

  984,200 
  194,500 
— 

  (12,500)(1) 
  (13,750) 

$  20.70 
26.80 
— 
19.00 
19.00 

 123,780 
  35,900 
  3,853 
 (54,278)(2) 
  (5,785) 

$ 

2,537 
736 
79 
(1,113) 
(119) 

  9,831 
  10,238 
368 
— 
— 

$ 

202 
210 
8 
— 
— 

 18,496 
 18,000 
974 
  — 
  — 

$ 

379
369
20
—
—

  Outstanding, as  

  at December 31, 2011 

 1,152,450 

$  21.77 

 103,470 

$ 

2,120 

  20,437 

$ 

420 

 37,470 

$ 

768

  Exercisable, as  

  at December 31, 2011 

   436,813 

$  20.35 

— 

$ 

— 

  20,437 

$ 

420 

  — 

$ 

—

  Weighted average  

remaining contractual 
life (years) 

7.9 

— 

1.3 

— 

— 

— 

1.6 

—

(1)  During the year ended December 31, 2011, a total of 12,500 Options were exercised, of which 11,250 were settled in cash and 1,250 were settled in shares of the Company. 
(2)  During the year ended December 31, 2011, a total of 54,278 RSUs were exercised, of which 35,530 were settled in cash and 18,748 were settled in shares of the Company. 

78 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL REP ORT

  2011 

  Outstanding, as  

  at January 1, 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number 
of 
Options 

  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Weighted 
average fair 
value at 
Number  December 31, 
2010 
of RSUs 

Weighted 
average fair 
value at 
Number  December 31, 
2010 
of DSUs 

Weighted 
average fair 
value at 
Number  December 31, 
2010
of PSUs 

  2010 

  Outstanding, as  

  at January 1, 2010 

  Granted 
  Dividend equivalents granted 
  Exercised 
  Forfeited 

  810,000 
  191,700 
— 
— 
(17,500) 

$  19.16 
27.07 
— 
— 
(19.00) 

  84,406 
  42,450 
  4,082 
— 
  (7,158) 

$ 

2,329 
1,171 
113 
— 
(198) 

  3,257 
  6,366 
208 
— 
— 

$ 

90 
176 
6 
— 
— 

  — 
 18,000 
496 
  — 
  — 

$ 

—
497
14
—
—

  Outstanding, as  

  at December 31, 2010 

  984,200 

$  20.70 

 123,780 

$ 

3,415 

  9,831 

$ 

272 

 18,496 

$ 

511

  Exercisable, as  

  at December 31, 2010 

3,333 

$  24.26 

— 

$ 

— 

  9,831 

$ 

272 

  — 

$ 

—

  Weighted average  

remaining contractual  
life (years) 

8.7 

— 

1.7 

— 

— 

— 

2.1 

—

The fair value of Options is measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model as at the end of each reporting period. The fair value 
of the RSUs, PSUs and DSUs is measured at the quoted market price of the Company’s shares at the end of each reporting period.

The weighted average fair value of the Options is $1,554 as at December 31, 2011 ($5,440 as at December 31, 2010).

12,500 Options have been exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 – nil).

The inputs used in the measurement of the fair values of the Options are as follows:

Share price at reporting date 
Exercise price 
Expected volatility 
Option life (years) 
Expected dividend yield   
Risk-free interest rate 

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1,  

2010

$ 
$ 

20.50 
21.77 
19.13% 
6.0 
5.72% 
1.11% 

$ 
$ 

27.59 
20.70 
 13.42% 
6.0 
3.75% 
2.60% 

$ 
$ 

27.10
19.16
22.00%
6.0
4.00%
3.00%

The following table provides information about the expenses and liabilities arising from share-based compensation:

Expense arising from:
  Options 
RSUs 
DSUs 
PSUs 

Total recognized as share-based compensation expense   

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$ 

$ 

(1,712) 
606 
148 
199 

2,077
1,346
183
138

$ 

(759) 

$ 

3,744

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

Total carrying amount of liabilities for cash-settled arrangements 

Total intrinsic value of liability for vested benefits 

$ 

$ 

3,170 

961 

$ 

$ 

5,412 

283 

$ 

$ 

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FI NANCIAL REPORT 

1,668

—

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

16. Property and equipment

The Company’s property and equipment is summarized as follows:

  Cost 

Balance at January 1, 2010 

$ 

Additions 
Disposals 

Balance at December 31, 2010 

Additions 
Disposals 

Computer 
software 

 Furniture and 

Leasehold 
equipment   improvements 

Computer 
hardware  
and other  

$ 

$ 

905 
68 
— 

973 
— 
— 

$ 

2,618 
163 
— 

2,781 
64 
— 

2,383 
46 
— 

2,429 
21 
— 

2,664 
289 
— 

2,953 
899 
— 

$ 

Total

8,570
566
—

9,136
984
—

Balance at December 31, 2011 

$ 

973 

$ 

2,845 

$ 

2,450 

$ 

3,852 

$ 

10,120

  Depreciation and 

impairment losses 

Balance at January 1, 2010 

Depreciation for the year 
Impairment loss 
Disposals 

Balance at December 31, 2010 
Depreciation for the year 
Impairment loss 
Disposals 

Computer 
software 

 Furniture and 

Leasehold 
equipment   improvements 

Computer 
hardware  
and other  

$ 

$ 

$ 

92 
166 
— 
— 

258 
196 
— 
— 

$ 

$ 

1,659 
553 
— 
— 

2,212 
227 
— 
— 

1,172 
353 
— 
— 

1,525 
363 
— 
— 

1,803 
502 
— 
— 

2,305 
383 
— 
— 

Total

4,726
1,574
—
—

6,300
1,169
—
—

Balance at December 31, 2011 

$ 

454 

$ 

2,439 

$ 

1,888 

$ 

2,688 

$ 

7,469

  Carrying 
  amounts 

At January 1, 2010 
At December 31, 2010 
At December 31, 2011 

Computer 
software 

 Furniture and 

Leasehold 
equipment   improvements 

Computer 
hardware  
and other  

$ 

$ 

813 
715 
519 

$ 

959 
569 
406 

1,211 
904 
562 

$ 

861 
648 
1,164 

$ 

Total

3,844
2,836
2,651

As at December 31, 2011, the Company has no contractual commitments relating to property and equipment (December 31, 
2010 – $1,700).

80 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.  Intangible assets

The Company’s intangible assets are summarized as follows:

  Cost 

Balance at January 1, 2010 

Acquisitions – externally purchased 
Disposals 

Balance at December 31, 2010 

Acquisitions – externally purchased 
Disposals 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

  Amortization and 
impairment losses 

Balance at January 1, 2010 

Amortization for the year 
Impairment loss 
Disposals 

Balance at December 31, 2010 
Amortization for the year 
Impairment loss 
Disposals 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

  Carrying 
  amounts 

At January 1, 2010 
At December 31, 2010 
At December 31, 2011 

Computer  
Software

$ 

25,133
1,987
—

27,120
2,291
—

$ 

29,411

Computer  
Software

$ 

8,826
4,175
—
—

13,001
4,849
—
—

$ 

17,850

Computer  
Software

$ 

16,307
14,119
11,561

As at December 31, 2011, the Company has no contractual commitments to purchase intangible assets (December 31, 2010 – 
$2,800).

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

18. Goodwill

On January 17, 1995, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from MICC related to MICC’s residential 
mortgage insurance line of business. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets was recorded 
as goodwill. 

Goodwill impairment test

Goodwill is considered impaired to the extent that its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of 
the Company’s single CGU was determined based on its value in use. Value in use was calculated by discounting the future cash 
flows generated from continuing use of the CGU. The calculation of value in use incorporated five years of cash flow estimates and 
was based on the following key assumptions: 

•	

•	

•	

	The	Company’s	multi-year	plan	was	used	as	a	proxy	for	five	years	of	future	cash	flow	estimates.	The	multi-year	plan	represents	
the Company’s best estimate of future income and cash flows and is approved by the Company’s board of directors. The plan 
incorporates assumptions regarding premium growth rate, loss development and relevant industry and economic assumptions.

	Terminal	value	incorporated	into	the	value	in	use	calculations	was	estimated	by	applying	a	growth	rate	of	1.8%	(December	31,	
2010 – 1.8%; January 1, 2010 – 0%) to the last year of the multi-year plan cash flow estimate. The growth rates at December 31, 
2011 and December 31, 2010 reflect the Canadian 5 year historical average core inflation rate which does not exceed the long 
term average growth rate for the industry.

	A	pre-tax	discount	rate	of	12.5%	(December	31,	2010	–	11.7%;	January	1,	2010	–	12.5%)	was	applied	in	determining	the	
recoverable amount of the unit. The discount rates as at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were based on the 
Company’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for liquidity and a risk premium. The discount rate as at January 1, 2010 
was based on the Company’s estimated incremental borrowing rate, adjusted for variability in cash flow estimates and liquidity.

Based on the value in use calculation, the recoverable amount of the unit was determined to be higher than its carrying amount. No 
goodwill impairment charge has been recognized in the year ended December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 – nil).

19. Transactions with lenders

Gross premiums written from 2 major unrelated lenders (defined as lenders that individually account for more than 10% of the 
Company’s gross premiums written) were $228,694, representing 41% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the 
year ended December 31, 2011 (2010 – gross premiums written from one major lender that accounted for more than 10% of the 
Company’s gross premiums written were $211,285 or 37%).

82 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
20. Share capital

The share capital of the Company comprises the following:

Authorized:
  Unlimited common shares with nominal or no par value(1) 

1 special share(2)

Issued:

98,666,796 common shares (104,789,394 at  
  December 31, 2010;  117,100,000 at January 1, 2010) 
1 special share (1 at December 31, 2010 

and January 1, 2010) 

Share capital 

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

  $  1,462,994  $  1,553,463  $  1,734,376

—   

—   

—

  $  1,462,994  $  1,553,463  $  1,734,376

(1) 

(2) 

 All issued shares are fully paid. Holders of common shares will, except where otherwise provided by law and subject to the rights of the holder of the Special Share, be entitled to 
elect a portion of the Board of Directors, vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Company, and be entitled to one vote per common share. Holders of common shares are entitled 
to receive dividends as and when declared by the Board and, upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of common shares are 
entitled to receive the remaining property and assets of the Company available for distribution, after payment of liabilities. 
 Only one special share may be authorized for issuance. The special share is held by the Company’s majority shareholder, Genworth Financial Inc. The attributes of the special share 
provide that the holder of the special share will be entitled to nominate and elect a certain number of directors to the Board, as determined by the number of common shares that 
the holder of the special share and its affiliates beneficially own from time to time. Accordingly, for so long as Genworth Financial Inc. beneficially owns a specified percentage of 
common shares, the holder of the special share will be entitled to nominate and elect a specified number of the Company’s directors as set out in the table below:

  Common share ownership 

Greater than or equal to 50% 
Less than 50% but not less than 40% 
Less than 40% but not less than 30% 
Less than 30% but not less than 20% 
Less than 20% but not less than 10% 
Less than 10% 

Number of directors

5/9
4/9
3/9
2/9
1/9
None

Under the shareholder agreement, the selling shareholder will agree that the special share may not be transferred except to and 
among affiliates of Genworth Financial Inc. Subject to applicable law, the special share will be automatically redeemed for $1.00 
immediately upon (a) any transfer to a non-affiliate of Genworth Financial Inc., (b) the time that any affiliate of Genworth Financial 
Inc. who, at the relevant time, holds the special share is no longer an affiliate of Genworth Financial Inc., (c) the time that Genworth 
Financial Inc. first ceases to beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding common shares, or (d) demand by the holder of the 
special share.

The following table presents changes in the number of common shares outstanding that occurred during each year:

Common shares, January 1 
Common shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans 
Common shares retired under share repurchase 

Common shares, December 31 

2011 

2010

    104,789,394    117,100,000
—
(12,310,606)

31,248   
(6,153,846)  

     98,666,796    104,789,394

At December 31, 2011, subsidiaries of Genworth Financial Inc. owned 56,710,094 common shares of the Company or approximately 
57.5% (December 31, 2010 – 60,247,996 or approximately 57.5%; January 1, 2010 – 67,325,900 or approximately 57.5%).

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

20. Share capital (continued)

Share repurchase

On May 9, 2011, the Company made an offer to repurchase up to $160 million of its common shares validly tendered to the offer. 
On June 30, 2011, in accordance with the terms of the offer, the Company repurchased 6,153,846 common shares at a price of 
$26.00 per common share, representing 5.87% of the public float, for an aggregate of approximately $160 million in cash. 

On July 19, 2010, the Company made an offer to repurchase up to $325 million of its common shares validly tendered to the offer. 
On August 27, 2010, in accordance with the terms of the offer, the Company repurchased 12,310,606 common shares at a price of 
$26.40 per common share, representing 10.5% of its public float, for an aggregate of approximately $325 million in cash.

Genworth Financial Inc., through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary Brookfield Life Assurance Limited participated in the offers 
by making proportional tenders and continued to own approximately 57.5% of the Company subsequent to the share repurchase 
transactions.

Upon completion of the offers, the Company’s share capital was reduced by an amount equal to the average carrying value of the 
shares repurchased for cancellation. The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the average carrying value, together with the 
incremental after-tax costs associated with the transaction, was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings.

21. Long-term debt

On June 29, 2010, the Company completed an offering of $275,000 principal amount of senior unsecured debentures (“Series 1”). 
The Series 1 debentures were issued for gross proceeds of $274,862 or a price of $99.95, before approximate issuance costs 
of $2,413. 

On December 16, 2010, the Company completed an additional offering of $150,000 principal amount of senior unsecured 
debentures (“Series 2”). The Series 2 debentures were issued at par, before approximate issuance costs of $986. 

The issuance costs and discount are amortized over the respective terms of the debentures using the effective interest method.

The following table provides details of the Company’s long-term debt:

Date issued 
Maturity date 
Principal amount outstanding 
Fixed annual rate 
Semi-annual interest payment due each year on: 

The Company’s long-term debt balances are as follows:

Series 1 

Series 2

June 29, 2010 
June 15, 2020 
$275,000 
5.68% 
June 15, December 15 

December 16, 2010
December 15, 2015
$150,000
4.59%
June 15, December 15

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Series 1 

Series 2 

Series 1 

Series 2 

Series 1 

Series 2

Carrying value (amortized cost) 
Fair value 

$  272,744 
287,064 

$  149,201 
154,610 

$  272,545 
278,451 

$  149,021 
  150,806 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 

—
—

The fair value of the debt is determined using quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period.

The Company incurred interest expense of $22,884 and $8,322 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, with accrued 
interest payable of $1,015 at December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 – $987; January 1, 2010 – nil).

84 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share have been calculated using the weighted average and diluted weighted average number of 
common shares outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2011 of 101,686,715 (2010 – 112,850,311) and 102,003,573 
(2010 – 113,940,471), respectively. The difference between basic and diluted earnings per share is caused by the grant of share-
based compensation. 

Earnings per share are computed below:

Basic earnings per share:
Net income 

Common shares outstanding, beginning of year 
Effect of share-based compensation exercised during the year 
Effect of repurchase of common shares during the year   

Weighted average common shares outstanding during the year 

Basic net earnings per common share  

Diluted earnings per share: 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding during the year  
Effect of share-based compensation during the year   

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding during the year 

Diluted net earnings per common share   

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010

2011 

$  323,191 

$  347,982

  104,789,394 
16,394 
(3,119,073)   

  117,100,000
—
(4,249,689)

  101,686,715 

  112,850,311

  $ 

3.18  $ 

3.08

  101,686,715 
316,858 

  112,850,311
1,090,160

  102,003,573 

  113,940,471

  $ 

3.17  $ 

3.05

At December 31, 2011, 396,200 Options were excluded from the diluted weighted average number of common shares calculation 
as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. At December 31, 2010, no exclusions were made from the diluted weighted average 
number of common shares calculation.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

23. Non-current assets and liabilities

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities the Company expects to recover or settle after 12 months at December 31, 
2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010:

Assets:
  Bonds and debentures: FVTPL 
  Bonds and debentures: AFS 
  Equity investments 
  Government guarantee fund 
  Subrogation recoverable 

Total assets 

Liabilities:

Long-term debt 
Loss reserves 

Total liabilities 

  December 31,  December 31, 
2010 

2011 

January 1, 
2010

— 
$ 
  3,656,605 
224,764 
812,313 
16,064 

$ 
38,290 
  3,468,682 
195,186 
645,733 
— 

$ 
34,485 
  3,486,783
423
576,417
—

  4,709,746 

  4,347,891 

  4,098,108

421,945 
74,410 

496,355 

421,566 
97,687 

519,253 

—
65,832

65,832

Net assets due after one year 

$ 4,213,391 

$ 3,828,638 

$ 4,032,276

24. Transition to IFRSs

The Company has adopted IFRSs effective January 1, 2010 (“the transition date”) and has prepared its opening IFRS consolidated 
statement of financial position as at that date. Prior to the adoption of IFRSs the Company prepared its consolidated financial 
statements in accordance with Canadian GAAP.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 are the first annual financial statements 
that comply with IFRSs.

(a)  Elected exemptions from full retrospective application

In preparing these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 1 – First‑time Adoption of International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”), the Company has applied an optional exemption from full retrospective application of IFRSs. The 
Company has applied the business combinations exemption in IFRS 1 to not apply IFRS 3 – Business Combinations (“IFRS 3”) 
retrospectively to past business combinations. Accordingly, the Company has not restated business combinations that took place 
prior to the transition date.

(b)  Mandatory exception to retrospective application

In preparing these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 1, the Company has applied a mandatory exception 
from full retrospective application of IFRSs. Hindsight was not used to create or revise estimates and, accordingly, the estimates 
previously made by the Company under Canadian GAAP are consistent with their application under IFRSs.

(c)  Recognition and measurement of insurance contracts

The objective of IFRS 4 – Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”) is to provide guidance for the measuring and recording of insurance 
contracts by an entity that issues such contracts until the IASB completes its continuing project for the implementation of a revised 
standard for insurance contracts. Except for limited requirements specified in this provisional standard, the standard prescribes 
that an insurer may change its accounting policies for insurance contracts if, and only if, the change makes the financial statements 
more relevant to the economic decision-making needs of users and no less reliable, or more reliable and no less relevant to 
those needs. Consequently, until the revised standard is issued, the Company will continue its current practice for measuring and 
recording insurance contracts.

86 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)  Reconciliation of consolidated shareholders’ equity as reported under Canadian GAAP and IFRSs

In preparing its first annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs, the Company has adjusted amounts 
reported previously in accordance with Canadian GAAP. An explanation of how the transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRSs has 
affected the Company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows is set out in the following tables and the notes that 
accompany the tables.

Reconciliation of consolidated statement of financial position:

As at January 1, 2010 

As at December 31, 2010

Note 

Canadian 
GAAP 

Effect of 
transition to 
IFRSs 

IFRSs 

Canadian 
GAAP 

Effect of 
transition to 
IFRSs 

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments   
Accrued investment income 
and other receivables   

Bonds and debentures: FVTPL  
Bonds and debentures: AFS 
Bonds and debentures under  

securities lending program: AFS 

Equity investments: AFS  
Income taxes recoverable 
Subrogation recoverable   
Government guarantee fund 
Prepaid assets 
Property and equipment  
and intangible assets   

Deferred policy acquisition costs 
Goodwill 

$  377,512 
253,527 

$ 

28,869 
34,485 
  3,420,567 

323,300 
423 
— 
13,646 
576,417 
3,017 

20,151 
146,840 
11,172 

$ 5,209,926 

$ 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

$  377,512 
253,527 

$  351,136  
6,988 

$ 

28,869 
34,485 
  3,420,567 

32,270 
38,290 
  3,629,494 

323,300 
423 
— 
13,646 
576,417 
3,017 

20,151 
146,840 
11,172 

268,442 
195,186 
7,505 
40,393 
645,733 
2,019 

16,955 
152,618 
11,172 

$ 5,209,926 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

IFRSs

$  351,136
6,988

32,270
38,290
  3,629,494

268,442
195,186
7,505
40,393
645,733
2,019

16,955
152,618
11,172

$ 5,398,201

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

24. Transition to IFRSs (continued)

Reconciliation of consolidated statement of financial position (continued):

As at January 1, 2010 

As at December 31, 2010

Note 

Canadian 
GAAP 

Effect of 
transition to 
IFRSs 

IFRSs 

Canadian 
GAAP 

Effect of 
transition to 
IFRSs 

IFRSs

$ 

$ 

28,586 
116,230 
236,181 

— 
— 
— 

$ 

28,586 
116,230 
236,181 

$ 

46,132 
— 
206,611 

$ 

— 
— 
— 

$ 

46,132
—
206,611

c 

1,798 
— 
  1,971,396 

(130) 
— 
— 

1,668 
— 
  1,971,396 

6,240 
421,566 
  1,902,164 

(828) 
— 
— 

5,412
421,566
  1,902,164

Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued 

liabilities 

Income taxes payable 
Loss reserves 
Share-based compensation 

liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Unearned premium reserves 
Accrued net benefit  

liabilities under employee  
benefit plans 

a,b 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

9,290 
203,218 

183 
(14) 

9,473 
203,204 

10,835 
215,428 

1,533 
(147) 

12,368
215,281

  2,566,699 

39 

  2,566,738 

  2,808,976 

558 

  2,809,534

Shareholders’ equity:
Share capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other  

d 
f 

  1,734,376 
811,927 

— 
(39) 

  1,734,376 
811,888 

  1,552,043 
912,813 

1,420 
(1,978) 

  1,553,463
910,835

comprehensive income 

96,924  

— 

96,924 

124,369 

— 

124,369

  2,643,227 

(39) 

  2,643,188 

  2,589,225 

(558) 

  2,588,667

$ 5,209,926 

$ 

— 

$ 5,209,926 

$ 5,398,201 

$ 

— 

$ 5,398,201

88 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reconciliation of consolidated net income and comprehensive income:

Net premiums earned 
Fees and other income 

Underwriting revenue 

Losses on claims 

Expenses:

Premium taxes and underwriting fees 
Employee compensation 

  Office expenses 
Professional fees 
Promotional expenses and travel  

  Other 

 Change in deferred policy acquisition costs 

Net underwriting income  

Investment income 
Interest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income taxes  

Net income  

Other comprehensive income:
Net change in fair value of AFS financial assets 
Gains on AFS financial assets realized 
Defined benefit plan actuarial losses   

Total other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Earnings per share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Note 

a,b,c 

d,e 

 b 

Year ended 
December 31, 2010

Effect of 
transition 
to IFRSs 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
(958) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(958) 
— 

(958) 

958 

— 
— 

958 
1,702 

IFRSs

$ 

 620,834
95

620,929

206,410

37,149
36,193
20,554
7,252
5,428
2,067

108,643
(5,778)

102,865

311,654

183,119
(8,322)

486,451
138,469

$ 

Canadian 
GAAP 

$  620,834 
95 

  620,929 

  206,410 

37,149 
37,151 
20,554 
7,252 
5,428 
2,067 

  109,601 
(5,778) 

  103,823 

  310,696 

  183,119 
(8,322) 

  485,493 
  136,767 

$  348,726 

$ 

(744) 

$  347,982

$ 

$  37,916 
(10,471) 
— 

27,445 

— 
— 
 (1,195) 

(1,195) 

$ 

37,916
(10,471)
(1,195)

26,250

$  376,171 

$ 

(1,939) 

$  374,232

$ 

3.09 

$ 

(0.01) 

$ 

3.06 

(0.01) 

3.08

3.05

(e)  Material adjustments to the consolidated statement of cash flows

There are no material differences between the consolidated statement of cash flows presented under IFRSs and the consolidated 
statement of cash flows presented under Canadian GAAP.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

24. Transition to IFRSs (continued)

(f)  Notes to the reconciliations

(a)  Prior service costs relating to pension benefits

 Under Canadian GAAP, prior service costs relating to plan amendments to a defined benefit plan are deferred and amortized 
over the average service lives of active employees. Under IAS 19, prior service costs are recognized as an expense on a 
straight-line basis until the benefits are vested. To the extent that the benefits are vested upon introduction of amendments to 
a defined benefit plan, the prior service costs are expensed immediately. At January 1, 2010, all prior service costs relating to 
plan amendments to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan were fully vested. Upon transition to IFRSs, these previously 
deferred prior service costs were fully recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings.

The impact arising from the change is summarized as follows:

Consolidated statement of income:
Employee compensation 

Adjustment before income taxes  

Consolidated statement of financial position:

Accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans   
Related tax effect 

Adjustment to retained earnings   

As at 
January 1, 
2010 

Year ended 
 December 31, 
2010

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

(2,502) 
651 

$ 

$ 

$ 

245

245

(2,257)
588

$ 

(1,851) 

$ 

(1,669)

(b)  Actuarial gains relating to pension and other post-employment benefits

 Under Canadian GAAP, the Company deferred net actuarial gains or losses relating to its defined benefit plans within a 10% 
corridor of the defined benefit obligations. At the date of transition, all previously unrecognized cumulative actuarial gains 
were recognized in retained earnings in accordance with the Company’s new accounting policy under IAS 19 to immediately 
recognize net actuarial gains or losses in OCI and report these gains or losses in retained earnings.

The impact arising from the change is summarized as follows:

Consolidated statement of income:

Employee compensation 

Adjustment before income taxes  

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income:

Defined benefit plan actuarial losses 

Adjustment before income taxes  

Consolidated statement of financial position:

Accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans   
Related tax effect 

Adjustment to retained earnings   

As at 
January 1, 
2010 

Year ended 
 December 31, 
2010

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

 2,319 
(603) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15

15

1,610

1,610

724
(192)

$ 

1,716 

$ 

532(1)

(1) 

 Total impact to retained earnings reflects $1,716 opening adjustment to retained earnings at January 1, 2010 (net of tax of $603), $15 adjustment to income for the year ended 
December 31, 2010 (net of tax of $4) and $(1,610) adjustment to OCI at December 31, 2010 (net of tax of $(415)). 

90 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (c)  Share-based compensation

 The Company grants share-based compensation benefits to certain employees that provide the choice of settlement in cash or 
shares of the Company. The Company accounted for these share-based payment arrangements by reference to their intrinsic 
value under Canadian GAAP based on the assumption that these benefits will be settled in cash. Under IFRS 2 – Share‑based 
compensation (“IFRS 2”), the related liability has been adjusted to reflect the fair value of the outstanding shared-based 
payment liabilities.

The impact arising from the change is summarized as follows:

Consolidated statement of income:
  Employee compensation 

Adjustment before income taxes  

Consolidated statement of financial position:
  Share-based compensation liabilities 
  Related tax effect  

Adjustment to retained earnings   

(d)  Income taxes

As at 
January 1, 
2010 

Year ended 
 December 31, 
2010

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

130 
(34) 

698

698

828
(249)

96 

$ 

579

 Under Canadian GAAP, previously unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 2009 related to financing costs 
incurred in connection with the Company’s IPO were recognized in consolidated net income when the benefits met recognition 
criteria in the year ended December 31, 2010. These tax benefits would have been recognized directly in share capital if they 
met the recognition criteria at the time of the IPO. IAS 12 – Income Taxes (“IAS 12”) requires backward tracing of tax expenses 
or benefits. Accordingly, the Company reclassified the benefits from consolidated income to consolidated share capital in the 
period in which the benefits met recognition criteria.

The impact arising from the change is summarized as follows:

Consolidated statement of income:
  Deferred income tax expense  

Consolidated statement of financial position:
  Share capital 

Adjustment to retained earnings   

(e)  The impact arising from changes in taxes is summarized as follows:

Consolidated statement of income:

Impact from pension and other post-employment benefits 
Impact from share-based compensation 
Impact from adjustments of prior period financing costs 

Adjustment to taxes   

As at 
January 1, 
2010 

Year ended 
 December 31, 
2010

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

$ 

(1,420)

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

(1,420)

(1,420)

Year ended 
  December 31, 
2010

Notes 

$ 

a, b 
c 
d 

(67)
(215)
(1,420)

$ 

(1,702)

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

24. Transition to IFRSs (continued):

(f)  The impact arising from changes in retained earnings is summarized as follows:

Pension and other post-employment benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Taxes 

Adjustment to retained earnings   

Notes 

a, b 
c 
  a, b, c, d 

As at 
January 1, 
2010 

Year ended 
 December 31, 
2010

$ 

$ 

(183) 
130 
14 

(1,533)
828
(1,273)(1)

$ 

(39) 

$ 

(1,978)

(1) 

 Total impact of taxes on retained earnings reflects $14 opening adjustment to retained earnings at January 1, 2010, $(1,702) adjustment to income for the year ended 
December 31, 2010 and $415 adjustment to OCI at December 31, 2010.

92 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary
Certain terms and abbreviations used in this annual information form are defined below.

“90% Guarantee” means the guarantee of the Canadian government 
of the benefits payable under eligible mortgage insurance policies 
issued by the Company, less 10% of the original principal amount of 
each insured loan, in the event that Genworth Mortgage Insurance 
Canada fails to make claim payments with respect to that loan due to 
its bankruptcy or insolvency. Currently the 90% Guarantee is provided 
under the terms of the Government Guarantee Agreement. The 90% 
Guarantee will continue to be provided for under the terms of PRMHIA, 
after PRMHIA comes into force and the Government Guarantee 
Agreement is terminated pursuant to such legislation.

“accumulated other comprehensive income” or “AOCI” is a 
component of shareholders’ equity and reflects the unrealized gains 
and losses, net of taxes, related to available-for-sale investments. 
Unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-
sale are recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income and included in accumulated other comprehensive income until 
recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

“Alt A mortgages” means mortgages provided to self-employed 
borrowers with strong credit and reduced income documentation. 
Specific loan qualification criteria apply, including down payment 
documentation, assessment of income reasonableness and a 
650 minimum credit score for mortgages with loan-to-value ratios 
exceeding 85%. 

“available-for-sale” or “AFS” means investments recorded at fair 
value on the balance sheet, using quoted market prices, with changes 
in the fair value of these investments included in AOCI.

“book yield” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of interest 
income to the average amortized cost for all or a given portion of 
invested assets during a specified period.

“case reserves” means the expected losses on claims associated 
with reported delinquent loans. Lenders report delinquent loans to 
the Company on a monthly basis. The Company analyzes reported 
delinquent files on a case-by-case basis and derives an estimate of 
the expected loss. Case reserve estimates incorporate the amount 
expected to be recovered from the ultimate sale of the residential 
property securing the insured mortgage.

“claim” means the amount demanded under a policy of insurance 
arising from the loss relating to an insured event.

“combined ratio” means the sum of the loss ratio and the expense 
ratio. The combined ratio provides a measure of the Company’s ability 
to generate profits from its insurance underwriting activities.

“compound annual growth rate” or “CAGR” means the annualized 
year-over-year growth rate of the applicable measure over a specified 
period of time.

“credit score” means the lowest average credit score of all borrowers 
on a mortgage insurance application. Average credit scores, in most 
instances, are calculated by averaging the score obtained from both 
Equifax and TransUnion for each borrower on the application.

“debt-to-capital ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of 
debt to total capital (the sum of debt and equity).

“deferred policy acquisition costs” means the expenses incurred in 
the acquisition of new business, comprised of premium taxes and other 
expenses that relate directly to the acquisition of new business. Policy 
acquisition costs are only deferred to the extent that they are in excess 
of the service fees and can be expected to be recovered from unearned 
premium reserves and are amortized into income in proportion to and 
over the periods in which premiums are earned.

“delinquency rate” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of 
the total number of delinquent loans to the total number of policies 
in-force at a specified date.

“delinquent loans” means loans where the borrowers have failed to 
make scheduled mortgage payments under the terms of the mortgage 
and where the cumulative amount of mortgage payments missed 
exceeds the scheduled payments due in a three-month period.

“effective loan-to-value” means a Company approximation based on 
the estimated balance of loans insured (original balance less principal 
repayments on a standard amortization schedule) divided by the 
estimated fair market value of the mortgaged property (original value 
plus or minus adjustments for changes in home prices for the province 
in which the property is located).

“expense ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of sales, 
underwriting and administrative expenses to net premiums earned for a 
specified period.

“Government Guarantee Agreement” means the agreement 
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Canada has with the Canadian 
government pursuant to which the Canadian government guarantees 
that lenders will receive the benefits payable under eligible mortgage 
insurance policies issued by Genworth Mortgage Insurance Canada, 
less 10% of the original principal amount of an insured loan, in the 
event that Genworth Mortgage Insurance Canada fails to make claim 
payments with respect to that loan due to its bankruptcy or insolvency.

“government guarantee fund” means a trust account which is 
intended to provide the Canadian federal government with a source of 
funds in the event it is required to make a guarantee payment.

“general portfolio” means invested assets (including cash and 
cash equivalents, short-term investments, bonds or other fixed 
income securities and equity investments) excluding the government 
guarantee fund.

“gross premiums written” means gross payments received from 
insurance policies issued during a specified period.

“guarantee fund earnings” means the investment income from the 
cash and invested assets held in the government guarantee fund, net 
of applicable exit fees.

“high loan-to-value mortgage insurance” means mortgage 
insurance covering an individual mortgage that typically has a loan-to-
value ratio of greater than 80% at the time the loan is originated.

“incurred but not reported” or “IBNR” reserves means the 
estimated losses on claims for delinquencies that have occurred prior 
to a specified date, but have not been reported to the Company.

“insurance in-force” means the amount of all mortgage insurance 
policies in effect at a specified date, based on the original principal 
balance of mortgages covered by such insurance policies, including any 
capitalized premiums.

“loan-to-value ratio” means the original balance of a mortgage loan 
divided by the original value of the mortgaged property.

“loss adjustment expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred 
by the Company in the investigation, adjustment and settlement of 
claims. Loss adjustment expenses include third-party costs as well as 
the Company’s internal expenses, including salaries and expenses of 
loss management personnel and certain administrative costs.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

93

 
“premium tax” means a tax paid by insurance companies to provincial 
and territorial governments calculated as a percentage of gross 
premiums written.

“PRMHIA” means the Protection of Residential Mortgages Hypothec 
Insurance Act (Canada).

“residential mortgage insurance market” means the mortgage 
insurance market for residential properties, including properties with 
one to four residential units or individual condominium units, but 
excluding multi-family units.

“sales, underwriting and administrative expenses” means the cost 
of marketing and underwriting new mortgage insurance policies and 
other general and administrative expenses, including premium taxes 
and net of the change in deferred policy acquisition costs.

“severity” means the dollar amount of losses on claims.

“severity ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the 
dollar amount of paid claims during a specified period on insured loans 
to the original insured mortgage amount relating to such loans. The 
main determinants of the severity ratio are the loan-to-value, age of the 
mortgage loan, the value of the underlying property, accrued interest on 
the loan, expenses advanced by the insured and foreclosure expenses.

“Shareholder Agreement” means the agreement between Genworth 
Financial, Brookfield Life Assurance Company Limited and Genworth 
Canada dated July 7, 2009 entered into in connection with the closing 
of the initial public offering of Genworth Canada.

“shortfall sale” means a sale of a property by the owner for less than 
the amount owing on the mortgage.

“total debt service ratio” or “TDS” means the percentage of 
borrowers’ monthly debt servicing costs as a percentage of borrowers’ 
monthly gross income.

“underwriter” means an individual who examines and accepts or 
rejects mortgage insurance risks based on the Company’s approved 
underwriting policies and guidelines.

“unearned premium reserves” or “UPR” means that portion of 
premiums written that has not yet been recognized as revenue. 
Unearned premium reserves are recognized as revenue over the policy 
term in accordance with the expected pattern of loss emergence as 
derived from actuarial analysis of historical loss development.

Glossary
Certain terms and abbreviations used in this annual information form are defined below.

“losses on claims” means the estimated amount payable by an 
insurer under mortgage insurance policies during a specified period. A 
portion of reported losses on claims represents estimates of costs of 
pending claims that are still open during the reporting period, as well as 
estimates of losses associated with claims that have yet to be reported 
and the cost of investigating, adjusting and settling claims.

“loss ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the total 
amount of losses on claims associated with insurance policies incurred 
during a specified period to net premiums earned during such period.

“loss reserves” means case reserves based on delinquencies 
reported to the Company, an estimate for losses on claims based on 
delinquencies that are IBNR, supplemental loss reserves for potential 
adverse developments related to claim severity and loss adjustment 
expenses representing an estimate for the administrative costs of 
investigating, adjusting and settling claims.

“low loan-to-value” or “conventional” mortgage insurance mean 
mortgage insurance covering an individual mortgage that has a loan-to-
value ratio equal to or less than 80% at the time the loan is insured.

“market share” or “share” of a mortgage insurer means the insurer’s 
gross premiums written as a percentage of the reported gross 
premiums written of the Canadian mortgage insurance industry.

“Minimum Capital Test” or “MCT” means the minimum capital test 
for certain federally regulated insurance companies established by OSFI 
(as defined herein). Under MCT, companies calculate a ratio of capital 
available to capital required using a defined methodology prescribed by 
OSFI in monitoring the adequacy of a company’s capital.

“multi-family” means dwellings with five or more units, including 
apartment buildings and long-term care facilities, but excluding 
individual condominium units.

“net operating income” means net income excluding after-tax net 
realized gains (losses) on sale of investments and unrealized gains 
(losses) on held for trading securities.

“net premiums earned” means the portion of net premiums written 
from current and prior periods that is recognized as revenue in a 
specified period. Premiums written are initially deferred and recorded 
as unearned premium reserves and then recognized in revenue as 
premiums earned over the term of the related policies based on the 
expected pattern of loss emergence.

“net premiums written” means gross payments received from 
insurance policies issued during a specified period, net of the risk 
premiums payable pursuant to the Government Guarantee Agreement 
in respect of those policies.

“net underwriting income” means the sum of net premiums earned, 
fees and other income, less losses on claims, sales, underwriting and 
administrative expenses during a specified period.

“new insurance written” means the original principal balance of 
mortgages, including any capitalized premiums, insured during a 
specified period.

“NHA” means the National Housing Act (Canada).

“operating return on equity” means the net operating income 
for a period divided by the average of the beginning and ending 
shareholders’ equity, excluding AOCI, for such period. For quarterly 
results, the operating return is the annualized operating return on 
equity using the average of beginning and ending shareholders’ equity, 
excluding AOCI, for such quarter.

94 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
Five-year financial review
Key financial metrics

Years ended December 31 
(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Income statement data

Gross premiums written 

2011  

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007

$ 

545  

$ 

 564  

$ 

 374  

 $ 

 722  

 $ 

Net premiums earned 
Impact of change in premium recognition curve 

 612  

 621  

Underwriting revenues 
Losses   
Expenses 
Investment income 
Interest expense 
Pre-tax income 
Net income 

Net operating income 

Balance sheet data 
Cash and investments 
Total assets 
Unearned premium reserves   
Debt 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 
AOCI  
Shareholders’ equity, excluding AOCI  

Key ratios and other items 
Loss ratio 
Expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
Operating return on equity 
MCT ratio 
Delinquency rate 
Severity ratio 
Leverage 
Operating earnings per share (diluted) 
Book value per share (diluted, exc. AOCI)    
Book value per share (diluted, incl. AOCI)    

612  
225  
 101  
179  
(23) 
443  
323  

 318  

5,063  
5,393  
1,824 
 422  
2,710  
 2,683  
215  
2,468 

37% 
17% 
53% 
13% 
162% 
0.20% 
32% 
14% 
3.12 
24.78  
26.94 

$ 
 $ 
 $ 

 621  
 206  
 103  
 183  
 (8) 
 486  
 348  

 343  

 5,135  
5,398  
 1,902  
 422  
 2,810  
 2,589  
 124  
 2,464  

33% 
17% 
50% 
14% 
156% 
0.26% 
27% 
14% 
3.01 
23.27 
24.44 

 $ 
$ 
$ 

 610  
 100  

 710  
 256  
 98  
 189  
 (1) 
 544  
 379(1) 

 371(1) 

 4,986  
 5,210  
 1,971  
— 
 2,567  
 2,643  
 97  
 2,546  

36%(2) 
14%(2) 
50%(2) 
16%(3) 

149% 
0.28% 
27% 
0% 
3.23(4)  $ 
$ 
$ 

21.58 
22.40 

$ 
$ 
$ 

 518  

 518  
 160  
 78  
 200  
 (3) 
 477  
 337  

 324  

 4,698  
 4,915  
 2,322  
 67  
 2,826  
 2,089  
 (15) 
 2,104  

31% 
15% 
46% 
17% 
127% 
0.25% 
26% 
3% 
2.91 
18.79 
18.65 

$ 
$ 
$ 

 997 

 424 

 424 
 79 
 60 
 148 
 (3)
 430 
 308 

 310 

 4,102 
 4,291 
 2,133 
 67 
 2,525 
 1,766 
 19 
 1,747 

19%
14%
33%
20%
125%
0.19%
24%
4%
2.95 
15.98 
16.15 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 

 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, net income and net operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been $315 million and  
$307 million, respectively.
 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been 42%,  
15% and 57%, respectively.
 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, operating return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been 13%.
 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, operating earnings per share (diluted) would have been $2.67.

GENWOR TH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  2011 FINANCI AL REPORT 

95

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 and 2011 quarterly information

(For the quarter ended, in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Q4’11 

Q3’11 

Q2’11 

2011 

Q1’11 

Q4’10 

Q3’10 

Q2’10 

2010

Q1’10

Net premiums written 

 $ 

123   $ 

160   $ 

 149   $ 

 101   $ 

 134  

 $ 

166   $ 

 157   $ 

 94 

Net premiums earned 
Impact of change in  
  net premium  

recognition curve 

Underwriting revenues 
Losses on claims 
Expenses 

Net underwriting income 
Investment income 
Interest expense 

Net income 

Adjustment to net income: 
Losses/(gains)  
  on investments,  
  net of taxes 

Net operating income 

Loss ratio 
Expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
Operating earnings  
  per share diluted  

156  

 149  

 151  

 155  

 156  

 155 

 154  

 156 

156  
 62  
 26  

 68  
 43  
 (6) 

 79  

 (0) 

79  

39% 
17% 
56% 

149 
 54  
 24  

 71 
 45  
 (6) 

 81  

 (1) 

 80  

36% 
16% 
52% 

 151  
50  
 25  

 77  
 45  
(6) 

 83  

 (2) 

 81  

33% 
16% 
49% 

155  
 59  
 26  

 71  
 46  
 (6) 

 80  

(2) 

 78  

38% 
17% 
55% 

 156  
 50  
 28  

 78 
 44  
 (4) 

 85  

 (1) 

 84  

32% 
18% 
50% 

155  
47  
 26  

 83  
 49  
(4) 

 94  

 (3) 

 91  

30% 
17% 
47% 

 154  
 49  
 24  

 80  
 41  
— 

 85  

1  

 86 

32% 
16% 
48% 

156 
 59 
 26 

 71 
49 
—

84 

 (3)

 82 

38%
16%
55%

 $ 

0.80   $ 

 0.81   $ 

0.77   $ 

 0.74   $ 

 0.80   $ 

 0.80   $ 

0.72   $ 

 0.69 

m
o
c

.

r

i

m
b
.

w
w
w

o
s

s
e
d
a

r

I

s

l

l

i

M

n
a

y

r

B

r

i

m
b

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

96 

GENWO RTH  MI C ANA DA  I NC .  20 11  FINANCIAL  REP ORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder information 

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5300
Fax: 905-287-5472
www.genworth.ca

Exchange listing

The Toronto Stock Exchange:
Common shares (MIC)

Common shares

As at December 31, 2011, there were 
98,666,796 common shares outstanding.

Independent auditor

KPMG LLP
Bay Adelaide Centre 
333 Bay Street, Suite 4600
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2S5

Registrar and transfer agent

Canadian Stock Transfer Company, Inc.
320 Bay Street, P.O. Box 1
Toronto, Ontario M5H 4A6
Tel: 416-643-5000
Fax: 416-643-5570
www.canstockta.com

All inquiries related to address changes, 
elimination of multiple mailings, transfer of 
MIC shares, dividends or other shareholder 
account issues should be forwarded to the 
offices of Canadian Stock Transfer Company.

Investor relations

Shareholders, security analysts and 
investment professionals should direct  
inquiries to:

Samantha Cheung 
Vice-President, Investor Relations 
samantha.cheung@genworth.com

Additional financial information has been 
filed electronically with various securities 
regulators in Canada through the System 
for Electronic Document Analysis and 
Retrieval (SEDAR) and with the Office of 
the Superintendent of Financial Institutions 
(OSFI) as the primary regulator for the 
Company’s subsidiary, Genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company of Canada. 

The Company holds a conference call 
following the release of its quarterly results. 
These calls are archived in the Investor 
section of the Company’s website.

Annual general meeting of shareholders 

Date: Thursday, June 14, 2012  
Time: 10:30 a.m. (EST) 
Location: Le Meridien King Edward Hotel 
The Belgravia Room 
37 King Street East 
Toronto, Ontario M5C 1E9

Board of Directors

2011 common share dividend dates

The declaration and payment of dividends 
and the amount thereof are at the discretion 
of the Board, which takes into account 
the Company’s financial results, capital 
requirements, available cash flow and other 
factors the Board considers relevant from 
time to time. 

Eligible dividend designation

For purposes of the dividend tax credit rules 
contained in the Income Tax Act (Canada) 
and any corresponding provincial or territorial 
tax legislation, all dividends (and deemed 
dividends) paid by Genworth MI Canada Inc. 
to Canadian residents are designated as 
eligible dividends. Unless stated otherwise, 
all dividends (and deemed dividends) paid 
by the Company hereafter are designated 
as eligible dividends for the purposes of 
such rules.

Information for shareholders outside 
of Canada

Dividends paid to residents in countries 
with which Canada has bilateral tax 
treaties are generally subject to the 15% 
Canadian non-resident withholding tax. 
There is no Canadian tax on gains from 
the sale of shares (assuming ownership 
of less than 25%) or debt instruments of 
the Company owned by non-residents 
not carrying on business in Canada. No 
government in Canada levies estate taxes 
or succession duties.

Complaints about the Company’s internal 
accounting controls or auditing matters 
or any other concerns may be addressed 
directly to the Board of Directors or the Audit 
Committee at:

Board of Directors

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
c/o Winsor Macdonell, Secretary
2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5484

Corporate ombudsperson

Concerns related to compliance with 
the law, Genworth policies or government 
contracting requirements may be 
directed to:

Genworth ombudsperson

2060 Winston Park Drive
Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5510
Canada-ombudsperson@genworth.com

Disclosure documents

Corporate governance, disclosure and other 
investor information is available online 
from the Investor Relations pages of the 
Company’s website at http://investor.
genworthmicanada.ca.

Cautionary statements

The cautionary statements included in 
the Company’s Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis and Annual Information Form, 
including the “Special note regarding 
forward-looking statements” and the  
“Non-IFRS financial measures,” also  
apply to this Annual Report and all 
information and documents included 
herein. These documents can be found 
at www.sedar.com.

Dividend declaration dates

Declaration date 

Record date 

Date payable 

Amount per 
common share

Regular dividend  February 1, 2011 

February 15, 2011  March 1, 2011  

Regular dividend  May 2, 2011 

May 16, 2011 

June 1, 2011  

Regular dividend  July 27, 2011 

August 15, 2011 

September 1, 2011 

Regular dividend  November 3, 2011  November 15, 2011  December 1, 2011 

Special dividend  November 3, 2011  November 15, 2011  December 1, 2011 

$0.26

$0.26

$0.26

$0.29

$0.50

 
 
 
 
 
 
FSC logo here

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2060 Winston Park Drive 
Suite 300 
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7

Phone:  905-287-5300 
Fax: 
905-287-5472